486
Contents: Organizational Management Personnel Administration Recruitment Time Management Payroll Travel Management CATS ESS. Schema & PCR E-Recruitment Organizational Management Existing Organizational Units Staff Functions for Organizational Units Organizational Structure with Persons Organizational Structure with Work Centers Existing Jobs Job Description Complete Job Description Periods for Unoccupied Positions Existing Positions 1

SAP Hr Config All

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

Page 1: SAP Hr Config All

Contents:• Organizational Management

• Personnel Administration

• Recruitment

• Time Management

• Payroll

• Travel Management

• CATS

• ESS.

• Schema & PCR

• E-Recruitment

Organizational Management

• Existing Organizational Units • Staff Functions for Organizational Units • Organizational Structure with Persons • Organizational Structure with Work Centers • Existing Jobs • Job Description • Complete Job Description • Periods for Unoccupied Positions • Existing Positions

1

Page 2: SAP Hr Config All

• Position Description • Vacant Positions • Obsolete Positions • Complete Position Description • Reporting Structure without Persons • Reporting Structure with Persons • Existing Tasks • Activity Profile of Positions • Activity Profile of Positions with Persons • Existing Objects • Structure Display/Maintenance

Organizational Management

Organizational Structure

2

Page 3: SAP Hr Config All

OVERALL ORGANISATION STRUCTURE The overall organization structure can be summarized in the figure below. The various organizational elements are described with the code to be used in configuration alongside.

3

Page 4: SAP Hr Config All

CAIRN INDIA

CAIRN GURGAON

CAIRN S’YANAM

CAIRN RAJAHMUNDRY

CAIRN KAKINADA

CAIRN BARMER

CAIRN JODHPUR

CAIRN PATNA

Department

Position

Department

Position

National

Employee

National

Consultant

Department

Position

Expat

Employee

Department

Position

Expat

Consultant

ENTERPRISE STRUCTURE

PERSONNEL AREA

PERSONNEL SUB AREA

ORGANIZATION STRUCTURE

DEPARTMENT

POSITION

EMPLOYEE GROUP

Company Code

Defined in Finance module

EMPLOYEE SUB GROUP

PERSONNEL STRUCTURE

Enterprise Structure:

4

Page 5: SAP Hr Config All

Define Company:

Define Company Code:

5

Page 6: SAP Hr Config All

Define Personnel Areas:

6

Page 7: SAP Hr Config All

Personnel Sub areas:

Employee Groups:

Employee Sub groups:

7

Page 8: SAP Hr Config All

Assignment:

1. Assignment of Company code to Company:

2. Assignment of Personnel area to Company Code:

3. Assign employee sub group to Employee group:

8

Page 9: SAP Hr Config All

Plan Version:

Set Active Plan Version:

Maintain Number Ranges for Organizational Objects:

9

Page 10: SAP Hr Config All

Set up Number assignment for all plan versions:

Data Model Enhancement:

Maintain Object types:

Maintain Infotypes:

10

Page 11: SAP Hr Config All

Maintain Sub types:

Maintain Relationships:

11

Page 12: SAP Hr Config All

Maintain Evaluation paths:

12

Page 13: SAP Hr Config All

Integration:

Set up Integration with Personnel Administration:

13

Page 14: SAP Hr Config All

Transfer data from Personnel Administration (RHINTE00)

14

Page 15: SAP Hr Config All

Prepare Integration with Personnel Administration.(RHINTE01)

Transfer Data to Personnel Administration (RHINTE30)

15

Page 16: SAP Hr Config All

Check Integration Consistency (RHINTE20)

16

Page 17: SAP Hr Config All

17

Page 18: SAP Hr Config All

Personnel Administration

Maintain User Parameters:

18

Page 19: SAP Hr Config All

Maintain Number Range Intervals for Personnel numbers:

Determine Default for Number Ranges:

19

Page 20: SAP Hr Config All

PERSONAL DATA

In this section, the system settings are configured for all the infotypes that store personal data for the employee.

This group includes the following infotypes:

Addresses (Infotype 0006)

Personal Data (Infotype 0002)

Family/Related Person (Infotype 0021)

Identification (Infotype 0185) .

Create Forms for Address:

20

Page 21: SAP Hr Config All

Create Names Affixes:

Maintain Titles:

21

Page 22: SAP Hr Config All

Create Marital Status:

Family/Related Person (Infotype 0021)Data concerning, the employee’s family members / other related persons stored in the Family Members/Dependents infotype (0021).

All necessary configurations pertaining to this infotype is done under this section.

Family Members

In this step, the type of relationship between employees and their relatives are defined.

SAP R/3 Role Menu

Personal Data

Transaction Code SPRO

IMG Menu Implementation Guide for R/3 Customizing (IMG) -> Personnel Management -> Personnel Administration -> Personal Data -> Family -> Define possible family members

Description and Configuration Values

The following table reproduces the initial values configured for Cairn Energy

SUBTY ZEITB OBJRQ STEXT

01 3 Father

02 3 Mother

03 3 Spouse

04 3 Son

22

Page 23: SAP Hr Config All

05 3 Daughter

06 3 Brother

07 3 Sister

Addresses (Infotype 0006)

In the Addresses infotype (0006), the address data of an employee/applicant is stored. The employee’s address is used in conjunction with the employee’s/applicant’s name, taken from the Personal Data infotype (0002), for employee lists of different kinds, for forms, or for address labels.

In this step, the system settings for the infotype Addresses (0006) is done.

The Addresses infotype is used to store an employee's/applicants address(es).

Address Types

In this step, create the address types as per requirement.

The address types are defined as subtypes of infotype 0006, Addresses.

SAP R/3 Role Menu

Personal Data

Transaction Code SPRO

IMG Menu Implementation Guide for R/3 Customizing (IMG) -> Personnel Management -> Personnel Administration -> Personal Data -> Addresses -> Create address types

Description and Configuration Values

The following table reproduces the initial values configured for Cairn Energy

SUBTY STEXT ZEITB

1 Permanent Address 1

2 Temporary residence 3

3 Home address 2

4 Emergency address 2

5 Mailing address 2

6 Nursing address 2

7 Address provided during Separation. 2

23

Page 24: SAP Hr Config All

8 Present Address 2

Identification (Infotype 0185)This infotype is used to store personal identification details of an employee.

In this section, settings which affect the infotype Identification (0185) need to be maintained.

SAP R/3 Role Menu

Personal Data

Transaction Code SPRO

IMG Menu Implementation Guide for R/3 Customizing (IMG) -> Personnel Management -> Personnel Administration -> Personal Data -> Identification -> Maintain types of identification

24

Page 25: SAP Hr Config All

Contractual and Corporate AgreementsContract Elements (Infotype 0016)

In the Contract Elements infotype (0016), data related to the employee’s employment contract is stored.

Contractual RegulationsWith the Contract type field, you can subdivide contracts of employment in accordance with the planned duration of the work relationship and the employee’s legal status.

You can or must also record the following information here:

For temporary work relationships, you must enter the contract’s expiry date (valid until).Contract Types

In this step, contract categories are configured.

SAP R/3 Role Menu

Personal Data

Transaction Code SPRO

IMG Menu Implementation Guide for R/3 Customizing (IMG) -> Personnel Management -> Personnel Administration -> Contractual and Corporate Agreements -> Contract Elements -> Define contract types

25

Page 26: SAP Hr Config All

Determine default Contract elements:

Evaluation BasisMonitoring of Task (Infotype 0019)

The infotype monitoring of dates (0019) is provided so that HR personnel can monitor certain dates. In this infotype, all the dates that affect an employee and dates which the personnel administrators should be reminded of by the system, are stored.

Task type

In this step, task types with standard lead times and standard follow-up times as well as indicators for additional tests are defined.

SAP R/3 Role Menu

Personal Data

Transaction Code SPRO

IMG Menu Implementation Guide for R/3 Customizing (IMG) -> Personnel Management -> Personnel Administration -> Evaluation Basis -> Monitoring of Tasks -> Determine Task Type

26

Page 27: SAP Hr Config All

Description and Configuration Values

The following table reproduces the initial values configured for Cairn Energy

Date Specifications:

27

Page 28: SAP Hr Config All

Calculation of Employment Period:

Define Conversion Rules:

28

Page 29: SAP Hr Config All

Employee QualificationsThis group includes the following infotypes:

Education (Infotype 0022)

Other/Previous Employers (Infotype 0023)

Education (Infotype 0022)

All data pertaining to employee’s/ applicant’s education qualifications is stored in the Education infotype (0022).

The standard system contains different educational establishment types as subtypes: If you want to store information about the complete education and training history of an employee/applicant, you have to create as many data records as necessary for the respective subtypes of this infotype. Enter the respective dates of the training period as the validity period.

You can enter the following data for each educational establishment type:

Education/training or occupation the employee/applicant has acquired.Education and training category.Institute/Place (e.g. University for applied science).Country Key, i.e. the country in which the education/training institution is based.Certificate.Duration of course.Final mark.Branch of study.

29

Page 30: SAP Hr Config All

SAP R/3 Role Menu Personal Data

Transaction Code SPRO

IMG Menu Implementation Guide for R/3 Customizing (IMG) -> Personnel Management -> Personnel Administration -> Employee Qualifications -> Education and Training -> Create education establishment types

Description and Configuration Values

The following table reproduces the initial values configured for Cairn Energy

Nature Educ. est. text

01 Certificate Course

02 Diploma

03 Doctorate

04 Graduate

05 Master Diploma (2yea

06 Post Graduate

07 Post Graduate Diplom

08 Professional

09 Under Graduate

10 Vocational

SAP R/3 Role Menu

Personal Data

Transaction Code SPRO

IMG Menu Implementation Guide for R/3 Customizing (IMG) -> Personnel Management -> Personnel Administration -> Employee Qualifications -> Education and Training -> Define Education/Training

30

Page 31: SAP Hr Config All

Other and previous employers:

Other/Previous Employers (Infotype 0023)

In the Other/Previous Employers infotype (0023), information on other work contracts of an employee or applicant is stored.

If more than one of an employee’s or applicant’s employers need to be enter, create many data records within this infotype, each with their respective validity period.

Specify the employer’s name and the country it is based in for each employer. Following details can be also stored:

City in which the company is based.Industry in which the company is active.Job that the employee or applicant carried out or carries out.Work contract with other employer.

In this section, the necessary settings for infotype Previous Employment (0023) are done.

31

Page 32: SAP Hr Config All

SAP R/3 Role Menu

Personal Data

Transaction Code SPRO

IMG Menu Implementation Guide for R/3 Customizing (IMG) -> Personnel Management -> Personnel Administration -> Employee Qualifications -> Other/Previous Employers -> Create employer's industry sector

Description and Configuration Values

The following table reproduces the initial values configured for Cairn Energy

Indus. Description

0001 Oil & Gas Ind.

0002 Consulting

0003 Consumer

0004 Hi-Tech

0005 Insurance

0006 ITES

0007 Oil & Gas - Downstream

0008 Oil & Gas - Upstream

0009 Telecom

0010 Manufacturing

0011 Pharmaceutical

0012 Others

0013 NGO

0014 Hotels

0015 FMCG

0017 Service Industry

0018 Others

32

Page 33: SAP Hr Config All

SAP R/3 Role Menu

Personal Data

Transaction Code SPRO

IMG Menu Implementation Guide for R/3 Customizing (IMG) -> Personnel Management -> Personnel Administration -> Employee Qualifications -> Other/Previous Employers -> Create activities in employment

Description and Configuration Values

The following table reproduces the initial values configured for Cairn Energy

Job Text

00000001 Geologist

00000002 Site Engg.

00000003 Surveyor

Communication: infotyoe:0105.

CommunicationCommunication (Infotype 0105)

An employee’ communication ID is stored in the Communication infotype (0105).

An employee’s communication ID is valid for a certain type of communication (such as ERP system, Internet).

In this chapter, all necessary customizing is prepared for this infotype.

SAP R/3 Role Menu

Personal Data

Transaction Code SPRO

IMG Menu Implementation Guide for R/3 Customizing (IMG) -> Personnel Management -> Personnel Administration -> Communication -> Create communication types

33

Page 34: SAP Hr Config All

34

Page 35: SAP Hr Config All

Customizing procedures

In this chapter, system will be set up so that a large part of the work processes used in the enterprise are reflected in the HR System.

For example, we can determine which infotypes are to be proposed as defaults when a person is hired or if an employee's organizational assignment changes.

In the HR System, hiring is considered to be a personnel action; one can define and describe personnel actions as per requirement of an organization.

One can set up own menus as per requirement.

One can initiate actions so that they depend on the existence of certain infotypes and/or their contents.

Actions

In this chapter, personnel actions together with the possible reasons are defined and the work contents and the choice of actions for the administrator.

35

Page 36: SAP Hr Config All

Define info groups

SAP R/3 Role Menu

Personal Data

Transaction Code SPRO

IMG Menu Implementation Guide for R/3 Customizing (IMG) -> Personnel Management -> Personnel Administration -> Customizing Procedures -> Actions -> Define infogroups

Description and Configuration Values

The following table reproduces the initial values configured for Cairn Energy

Info group 01 Hiring

User group

Infogrmod. No Op.

IType SC

STy. Infotype text

99 00 INS 0001 Organizational Assignment

99 01 INS 0002 Personal Data

99 03 INS 0006 8 Addresses

99 04 INS 0006 1 Addresses

99 05 INS 0007 Planned Working Time

99 06 INS 0008 Basic Pay

99 07 INS 0009 Bank Details

99 09 INS 0021 Family Member/Dependents

99 10 INS 0021 Family Member/Dependents

99 11 INS 0021 Family Member/Dependents

99 12 INS 0021 Family Member/Dependents

99 13 INS 0021 Family Member/Dependents

Info group AA Confirmation

User group

Infogrmod. No Op. IType SC STy. Infotype text

36

Page 37: SAP Hr Config All

Info group AB Promotion

User group

Infogrmod. No Op. IType SC STy. Infotype text

99 01 COP 0001Organizational Assignment

99 02 COP 0008

Basic Pay

Infogroup AC Transfer

User group Infogrmod. No Op. IType SC STy. Infotype text

99 01 COP 0001Organizational Assignment

99 02 COP 0008

Basic Pay

Infogroup AD Re-designation

User group Infogrmod. No Op. IType SC STy. Infotype text

99 00 COP 0001Organizational Assignment

Infogroup AEMid Year Salary Review

User group Infogrmod. No Op. IType SC STy. Infotype text

99 00 COP 0008

Basic Pay

37

Page 38: SAP Hr Config All

Infogroup AF Secondment

User group Infogrmod. No Op. IType SC STy. Infotype text

99 03 COP 0008

Basic Pay

99 04 COP 0007Planned Working Time

99 05 COP 0395

External Organizational Assignment

99 06 COP 0396

Expatriation

Infogroup AG Repatriation

User group Infogrmod. No Op. IType SC STy. Infotype text

99 01 COP 0395

External Organizational Assignment

99 03 COP 0008 Basic Pay

Infogroup AH Repatriation

User group Infogrmod. No Op. IType SC STy. Infotype text

99 01 COP 0001Organizational Assignment

99 02 COP 0019Monitoring of Tasks

Infogroup AIGoing to be Separated

38

Page 39: SAP Hr Config All

User group Infogrmod. No Op. IType SC STy. Infotype text

99 00 COP 0001Organizational Assignment

Infogroup AJTemporary Assignment

User group Infogrmod. No Op. IType SC STy. Infotype text

99 03 COP 0008 Basic Pay

99 04 COP 0007Planned Working Time

99 05 COP 0395

External Organizational Assignment

Infogroup AKpromotion & Transfer

User group Infogrmod. No Op. IType SC STy. Infotype text

99 01 COP 0001Organizational Assignment

99 02 COP 0008 Basic Pay

Infogroup ALTransfer & Re-

designation

User group Infogrmod. No Op. IType SC STy. Infotype text

99 01 COP 0001Organizational Assignment

99 02 COP 0008 Basic Pay

Infogroup AM Relocation

User Infogrmod. No Op. IType SC STy. Infotype text

39

Page 40: SAP Hr Config All

group

99 01 COP 0001Organizational Assignment

99 02 COP 0008 Basic Pay

Infogroup AN

Temp Assignment to Secondment

User group Infogrmod. No Op. IType SC STy. Infotype text

99 03 COP 0008 Basic Pay

99 04 COP 0007Planned Working Time

99 05 COP 0395

External Organizational Assignment

Infogroup 84 Separation

User group Infogrmod. No Op. IType SC STy. Infotype text

99 02 COP 0001Organizational Assignment

99 09 LIS9 0185 Personal IDs

99 10 LIS9 0185 Personal IDs

99 11 LIS9 0008 Basic Pay

Create customer-specific status

SAP R/3 Role Menu Personal Data

Transaction Code SPRO

IMG Menu Implementation Guide for R/3 Customizing (IMG) -> Personnel Management -> Personnel Administration -> Customizing Procedures -> Actions -> Create customer-specific status

Description and Configuration Values

40

Page 41: SAP Hr Config All

The following table reproduces the initial values configured for Cairn Energy

Stat. Name

1 On Probation

2 Confirmed

3On Temp. Assignment / Secondment

4 Inactive Employee

Set up personnel actions

SAP R/3 Role Menu

Personal Data

Transaction Code SPRO

IMG Menu Implementation Guide for R/3 Customizing (IMG) -> Personnel Management -> Personnel Administration -> Customizing Procedures -> Actions -> Set up personnel actions

Description and Configuration Values

The following table reproduces the initial values configured for Cairn Energy

Act.Name of action type FC

Cust. Stat.

Empl. Stat.

Spe. Stat. Check IG Dte U0000 U0302

Cntry Reass

01 Hiring 1 1 3 10 X X

20 Separation 0 0 0 84 1 X X

62 Hire applicant 7 1 3 1 48 X X

AA Confirmation 0 2 3 AA X X

AB Promotion 0 2 3 AB X X

AC Transfer 0 2 3 AC X X

AD Re-designation 0 2 3 AD X X

AEMid Year Salary Review 0 2 3 AE X X

AF Secondment 0 3 3 AF X X

AG Repatriation 0 2 3 AG X X

AH Probation 0 1 3 AH X X

41

Page 42: SAP Hr Config All

extension

AIGoing to be Separated 0 1 3 AI X X

AJ Temp. Assignment 0 3 3 AJ X X

AKPromotion & Transfer 0 2 3 AK X X

ALTransfer & Re-designation 0 2 3 AL X X

AM Relocation 0 2 3 AM X X

ANTemp Assign conv to Secondment 0 3 3 AN X X

Create reasons for personnel actions

SAP R/3 Role Menu

Personal Data

Transaction Code SPRO

IMG Menu Implementation Guide for R/3 Customizing (IMG) -> Personnel Management -> Personnel Administration -> Customizing Procedures -> Actions -> Create reasons for personnel actions

Description and Configuration Values

The following table reproduces the initial values configured for Cairn Energy

Act. Name of action type ActR Name of reason for action

01 Hiring

20 Separation

20 Separation 01 Retirement

20 Separation 02 Resignation

20 Separation 04 Termination

20 Separation 09 Death of employee

62 Hire applicant

AA Confirmation

AB Promotion

42

Page 43: SAP Hr Config All

AC Transfer

AC Transfer 01 Vacancy

AC Transfer 02 Career progression

AC Transfer 03 Personal reason

AD Re-designation Better Reflection Of Role

AD Re-designation 01 Change in Job /Role

AD Re-designation 02 Change in titling Protocol

AE Mid Year Salary Review

AE Mid Year Salary Review 01 Internal Parity

AE Mid Year Salary Review 02 Market Correction

AF Secondment

AG Repatriation

AH Probation extension Unsatisfactory Performance

AI Going to be Separated

AI Going to be Separated 01 Retirement

AI Going to be Separated 02 Resignation

AJ Temp. Assignment

ANTemp Assign conv to Secondment 01

Change action menu

SAP R/3 Role Menu

Personal Data

Transaction Code SPRO

IMG Menu Implementation Guide for R/3 Customizing (IMG) -> Personnel Management -> Personnel Administration -> Customizing Procedures -> Actions -> Change action menu

Description and Configuration Values

The following table reproduces the initial values configured for Cairn Energy

Menu 01 Actions

User No Action Name of Action type

43

Page 44: SAP Hr Config All

group

99 01 01 Hiring

99 02 AA Confirmation

99 03 AB Promotion

99 04 AC Transfer

99 05 AD Re-designation

99 06 AE Mid Year Salary Review

99 07 AF Secondment

99 08 AG Repatriation

99 09 20 Separation

99 10 62 Hire applicant

99 11 AH Probation extension

99 12 AI Going to be Separated

99 13 AJ Temp. Assignment

99 14 AK Promotion & Transfer

99 15 AL Transfer & Re-designation

99 16 AM Relocation

99 17 ANTemp Assign conv to Secondment

Dynamic Actions

Configuration is done to control the initiation of actions when maintaining an infotype record.

This can be the maintenance of an additional infotype record or performing a routine.

For each action, it can be determined whether it is always carried out when changes made an infotype or a subtype or whether it is only carried out if changes made to certain fields.

Settings can be made to specify whether the action is to be carried out for "Change", "Create" and/or "Delete" record.

We can also specify default values for a record that is to be created.

44

Page 45: SAP Hr Config All

SAP R/3 Role Menu

Personal Data

Transaction Code SPRO

IMG Menu Implementation Guide for R/3 Customizing (IMG) -> Personnel Management -> Personnel Administration -> Customizing Procedures -> Dynamic Actions

Description and Configuration Values

The following table reproduces the initial values configured for Cairn Energy

IType STy. Field FC No. S Variable function part

0000 04 227 *** CALL ROUTINE FOR LETTER*

0000 04 228 P *P0000-MASSN='AD'

0000 04 229 P *T001P-MOLGA='40'

0000 04 230 F

*SUB_REDESIGNATION

(ZHRG_INC_DYNAMICACTION)

0000 04 231 P P0000-MASSN='AH'

0000 04 232 P T001P-MOLGA='40'

0000 04 233 F

SUB_PROBATION_EXT

(ZHRG_INC_DYNAMICACTION)

0000 04 234 P P0000-MASSN='AA'

0000 04 235 P T001P-MOLGA='40'

0000 04 236 F

SUB_CONFIRMATION

(ZHRG_INC_DYNAMICACTION)

0000 04 237 P *P0000-MASSN='AC'

0000 04 238 P *T001P-MOLGA='40'

0000 04 239 F

*SUB_TRANSFER

(ZHRG_INC_DYNAMICACTION)

0000 04 240 P P0000-MASSN='20'

0000 04 241 P T001P-MOLGA='40'

0000 04 242 F SUB_SERVICE_LETTER(ZHRG_INC_DYNAMICACTION)

45

Page 46: SAP Hr Config All

0000 04 243 P P0000-MASSN='AI'

0000 04 244 P P0000-MASSG='01'

0000 04 245 F SUB_RETIREMENT_LETTER(ZHRG_INC_DYNAMICACTION)

0000 04 246 P P0000-MASSN='AI'

0000 04 247 P P0000-MASSG='02'

0000 04 248 F SUB_ACCEPT_RESIGNATION(ZHRG_INC_DYNAMICACTION)

0000 04 249 P P0000-MASSN='20'

0000 04 250 P P0000-MASSG='02'

0000 04 251 F SUB_RELIEVING_ORDER(ZHRG_INC_DYNAMICACTION)

0000 04 252 P P0000-MASSN='AI'

0000 04 253 P T001P-MOLGA='40'

0000 04 254 M S0001

0001 04 228 P P0000-MASSN='AD'

0001 04 229 P T001P-MOLGA='40'

0001 04 230 F SUB_REDESIGNATION(ZHRG_INC_DYNAMICACTION)

0001 04 237 * P0000-MASSN='AC'

0001 04 238 * T001P-MOLGA='40'

0001 04 239 * SUB_TRANSFER(ZHRG_INC_DYNAMICACTION)

0001 04 249 * P0000-MASSN='AC'

0001 04 253 * SUB_TRANSFER_MAIL_NOTIFICATION(ZHRG_INC_DYNAMICACTION)

0008 04 237 P T001P-MOLGA='40'

0008 04 238 P PSPAR-MASSN='AC'

0008 04 239 F SUB_TRANSFER(ZHRG_INC_DYNAMICACTION)

0008 04 241 P T001P-MOLGA='40'

0008 04 249 P P0000-MASSN='AC'

0008 04 250 F SUB_TRANSFER_MAIL_NOTIFICATION(ZHRG_INC_DYNAMICACTION)

0008 04 253 P T001P-MOLGA='40'

0008 04 254 P PSPAR-MASSN='AB'

46

Page 47: SAP Hr Config All

0008 04 255 F SUB_PROMOTION_LETTER(ZHRG_INC_DYNAMICACTION)

0008 04 259 P T001P-MOLGA='40'

0008 04 260 P PSPAR-MASSN='AE'

0008 04 261 F SUB_REVISED_SALARY_LETTER(ZHRG_INC_DYNAMICACTION)

0395 04 001 P T001P-MOLGA='40'

0395 04 002 P PSPAR-MASSN='AF'

0395 04 003 F SUB_SECONDMENT_LETTER(ZHRG_INC_DYNAMICACTION)

0395 04 004 P T001P-MOLGA='40'

0395 04 005 P PSPAR-MASSN='AJ'

0395 04 006 F SUB_ASSIGNMENT_LETTER(ZHRG_INC_DYNAMICACTION)

RECRUITMENT

The ability to meet personnel requirements is key for enterprises. The success of an enterprise depends on such factors as the quality and availability of personnel. It is particularly important for the development and success of expanding enterprises that they have quick access to adequate personnel.

This component has all the functions needed for working through the entire recruitment procedure, from creating applicant data to filling vacant positions.

The Recruitment component contains an entire range of powerful, flexible functions that can be used to implement an effective – and largely automated – recruitment strategy.

The Recruitment component can be used to recruit human resources according to requirements, at any time. Applicants data can be stored that have not deemed suitable for a particular vacancy in the Applicant Pool, where they can be considered for other or future vacancies.

This component enables to define a recruitment procedure that suits the needs of enterprise. Tasks can be distributed and responsibilities can be fixed to different people, involved in the recruitment process. Recruitment supports in dividing and assigning administrative and decision-making task areas. Many tasks can be processed via mass processing.

The Recruitment component provides dynamic actions to enable to automate many processes. For example, when initial data for applicant is entered, the system creates a confirmation of receipt in the form of an applicant activity and a letter confirming receipt of application. This reduces the administrative tasks required of the HR department for applicant correspondence.

47

Page 48: SAP Hr Config All

Workforce Requirements and AdvertisingThe Recruitment component enables to document workforce requirements and the way it is been advertised in the SAP system.

A company's workforce requirements are represented in the Workforce. Requirements and Advertising component by means of vacancies. A vacancy is a description of a position that must be staffed, either completely or partially. The recruitment process is triggered by the creation of a vacancy. The recruitment procedure is initiated by the creation of a vacancy, and its purpose is to fill vacancies. Vacancies are published in advertisements.

If a candidate applies for a job in response to an advertisement, he or she must be assigned to this advertisement during the initial entry of basic data phase. By assigning an applicant to an advertisement here, the system can propose a likely vacancy assignment for the applicant. This proposed vacancy assignment can be overwritten if unsuitable. Assignment of an unsolicited applicant to a vacancy depends solely on the decisions of the personnel officer or line manager responsible. For this reason, default values cannot be proposed here.

If the candidate has applied in response to an advertisement, he / she must be assigned to a recruitment instrument and a medium using the advertisement. This assignment means that you can analyze the effectiveness of the recruitment instruments and media used by company.

In this section, all the necessary system settings are done for the administration of workforce requirements and advertising.

48

Page 49: SAP Hr Config All

Create media

In this step we create the media used by company.

The medium serves two purposes in Recruitment:

• It is used to classify all recruitment instruments.

For example, the recruitment instruments "Washington Post" and "New York Times" are classified under the medium "Press".

The applicant class is an attribute of the medium and indicates whether a medium is used to attract internal or external applicants.

SAP R/3 Role Menu

Personal Data

Transaction Code

SPRO

IMG Menu Implementation Guide for R/3 Customizing (IMG) -> Personnel Management -> Recruitment -> Workforce Requirement and Advertisement -> Create Media

Description and Configuration Values

The following table reproduces the initial values configured for Cairn Energy

Medium Name of medium ApCl Applicant class text

01 Press AP External applicant

02 Employment office AP External applicant

03 Exec.search agency AP External applicant

04 Posters P Internal applicant

05 Mail P Internal applicant

06 Internal press P Internal applicant

10 University AP External applicant

11 Trade fairs AP External applicant

12 Headhunter AP External applicant

15 Internet AP External applicant

49

Page 50: SAP Hr Config All

Create recruitment instruments

In this step, the recruitment instruments, which company uses, are being configured.

Every job advertisement is published in a recruitment instrument. Recruitment instruments are classified according to the media used.

We can store a contact name and address key for each recruitment instrument. The address key can be used to store the address (of a contact) for a recruitment instrument in step "Create addresses for recruitment instruments".

SAP R/3 Role Menu

Personal Data

Transaction Code

SPRO

IMG Menu Implementation Guide for R/3 Customizing (IMG) -> Personnel Management -> Recruitment -> Workforce Requirement and Advertisement -> Create recruitment instrument

Description and Configuration Values

The following table reproduces the initial values configured for Cairn Energy

Instrum. Instrument MediumName of medium Address Contact

00000001 Times of India 01 Press

00000002 Indian Express 01 Press

00000003 Monster.com 15 Internet

00000004 Cairn Portal 15 Internet

00000005 Internal magazine 06 Internal press

00000006 Outlook email 05 Mail

00000007 Anna University 10 University

00000008 Naukri.com 15 Internet

00000009 Hindu 01 Press

50

Page 51: SAP Hr Config All

00000010 Economic Times 01 Press

Applicant Administration

This component is used to coordinate and monitor all the steps involved in applicant administration. The two-tiered data entry concept provides a fast and easy way to enter and structure unsolicited applications, and applications in response to a specific advertisement.

Create Personnel Officer

In this step we create company's personnel officers.

Personnel officers process the applications assigned to them according to their authorization from the Personnel Department.

Personnel officers for Recruitment must be created as part of administrator group APPL. We can use an ID of our choice for the personnel officer.

SAP R/3 Role Menu

Personal Data

Transaction Code

SPRO

IMG Menu Implementation Guide for R/3 Customizing (IMG) -> Personnel Management -> Recruitment -> Applicant Administration -> Create Personnel Officer

Description and Configuration Values

The following table reproduces the initial values configured for Cairn Energy:

Grp Ad.Administrator name Title Tel.no. SAP Name

APPL NID Nidhi Ms

APPL NIR Nirmal Mr

APPL PRV Pravin Mr

APPL PUR Purnima Ms

APPL PUS Pushpendra Mr

APPL SHB Shoba Ms

APPL STU Stuti Ms

51

Page 52: SAP Hr Config All

APPL SUN Sunayna Ms

Applicant StructureWhen their data is first entered in the system, applicants are structured according to the following criteria:

• Internal or external applicants. • Unsolicited applicants / Applicants who applied in response to an advertisement.• Applicant Groups. • Applicant range.Internal applicants are those employed by the company on the date that the job application is received. External applicants are those not employed by the company on this date. This latter grouping can therefore also include former employees of the company.

The procedure for entering data is different for internal and external applicants. We have to manually enter all required data on external applicants. When dealing with internal applicants, however, we can import data such as name and address simply by specifying the candidate's personnel number. We can overwrite this data, if necessary.

Both internal and external applicants can submit unsolicited applications, or apply in response to an advertisement. We need to assign applicants who file an unsolicited application to an unsolicited application group during initial data entry. An unsolicited application group is a user-definable criterion for use in structuring unsolicited applications.

An applicant group is used to group together applicants on the basis of the type of work relationship for which they have applied (for example, employees with a permanent contract, employees with a temporary contract, freelance workers, and so on). The applicant class is a characteristic of the applicant group. The applicant class indicates whether the applicant is internal (applicant class P) or external (applicant class AP).

The applicant range is another user-definable criterion used for classifying applicants. Generally speaking, it classifies applicants on the basis of either hierarchical or functional criteria. Classifying the applicants hierarchically involves dividing them into groups, such as executive employees, salaried employees, skilled workers, and so on. Functional classification involves dividing them according to areas of employment, such as executive board, administration department, production, and so on.

Applicant Group

52

Page 53: SAP Hr Config All

SAP R/3 Role Menu

Personal Data

Transaction Code

SPRO

IMG Menu Implementation Guide for R/3 Customizing (IMG) -> Personnel Management -> Recruitment -> Applicant Administration -> Applicant Structure -> Create Applicant Group

Description and Configuration Values

The following table reproduces the initial values configured for Cairn Energy

AGApp.group ApCl

Applicant Class Text

1 Nationals APExternal applicant

2 Expatriates APExternal applicant

Applicant Range

SAP R/3 Role Menu

Personal Data

Transaction Code

SPRO

IMG Menu Implementation Guide for R/3 Customizing (IMG) -> Personnel Management -> Recruitment -> Applicant Administration -> Applicant Structure -> Create Applicant Range

Description and Configuration Values

The following table reproduces the initial values configured for Cairn Energy:

AR Applicant range

01 Employee

02 Consultants

53

Page 54: SAP Hr Config All

03 Third Party Consult

Unsolicited application groups

SAP R/3 Role Menu

Personal Data

Transaction Code

SPRO

IMG Menu Implementation Guide for R/3 Customizing (IMG) -> Personnel Management -> Recruitment -> Applicant Administration -> Applicant Structure -> Create unsolicited application groups

Description and Configuration Values

The following table reproduces the initial values configured for Cairn Energy

UAGp Unsol.app.group

001 Bihar Asset

002 Business Development

003 CEO's Office

004 Communications

005 COO's Office

006 Design Office

007 Drilling

008 Exploration

009 Finance

010 HR & Admin

011 HSE,CSR & LAND Acq.

012 IT&C and IM

013 Legal

014 Petroleum Engg

015 Procurement

54

Page 55: SAP Hr Config All

016 Production

017 Production -RV & CB

Applicant SelectionApplicant Activities

In the Recruitment component, applicant activities are used to enter, log, and plan all the tasks performed for an applicant during the selection procedure. Applicant activities are administrative stages through which an applicant passes during the course of the application procedure.

The following characteristics are among those used to identify an applicant activity:

• Activity type

The activity type denotes the activity that is to be carried out for an applicant (e.g. Mail confirmation of receipt, Mail invitation to interview, Appointment for interview).

• Activity status

The activity status indicates whether the activity has already been performed for an applicant (completed) or is still to be performed (planned).

• Performance date

For planned activities, the performance date indicates the date by or on which the activity is to be carried out; for completed activities it indicates the date on which they were actually carried out.

• Person responsible for activity

This employee is responsible for ensuring that the activity is carried out on or by the deadline specified, and may be responsible for carrying it out him/herself.

Applicant Activity types

55

Page 56: SAP Hr Config All

SAP R/3 Role Menu

Personal Data

Transaction Code

SPRO

IMG Menu Implementation Guide for R/3 Customizing (IMG) -> Personnel Management -> Recruitment -> Applicant Selection -> Applicant Activities -> Applicant Activity Types -> Create applicant activity types

Description and Configuration Values

The following table reproduces the initial values configured for Cairn Energy

Ac Activ. sh.text Act.type long textSystem Fnction System Function Text

001 ReceiptMail confirmation of receipt P Applicant correspondence

002 Transfer file Transfer applicant file

003 File returned File returned

004 Video interview Video Conference P Applicant correspondence

005 Telecon-Intrvue Phone based P Applicant correspondence

006 Face-Face-Intrw Face to face P Applicant correspondence

007 Test invitation Mail invitation to test P Applicant correspondence

008 Test date Date of applicant test

009 Appraisal Hand in appraisal

010 Mail contract Mail contract P Applicant correspondence

011 Rejection Mail rejection letter P Applicant correspondence

012 Travel expensesTravel expense accounting

013 Approve hiring Approve hiring

014 Hiring date Hiring date

015 Transfer data Transfer applicant D Transfer data to employee

56

Page 57: SAP Hr Config All

data

016 Interim reply Mail interim reply P Applicant correspondence

017 Hire applicant Hire applicant

018 Medical exam. Medical examination

019 Contr.returnedContract returned by applicant

020 Reject appl. Reject applicant

021 Offer contract Mail offer of contract P Applicant correspondence

022 On hold Put applicant on hold P Applicant correspondence

023 Work contract Send work contract

090 Telephonic Int. Telephonic Interview P Applicant correspondence

091 Face-face Int. Face-to-face Interview P Applicant correspondence

________________________

Default Values

Feature : PACPA

PACPA Parameter Settings for Follow-up Actions

Object

Feature

Task

This feature defines how the parameters are to be set for actions proposed as follow-up actions. Follow-up actions are defined using feature PACPP.

Use

In transaction PB60 using "Foll.actions" function key.

Procedure

The return matrix of the feature has the following structure: XXXXX

ZZZZZ.

XXXXX: Field name for an action (APLACTI4)

57

Page 58: SAP Hr Config All

o PLDAT Performance date (mandatory field).

o PLTIM Performance time.

o RECTK Indicator as to whether 'planned' actions are to be carried

out using recurring tasks.

o IDTXT Text number for standard text.

o PERNR Pers.no. of person responsible for action.

ZZZZZ: Value entered in field, 20 characters long.

o PLDAT ZZZZZ = nn Number of days, added to date of previous

action to obtain performance date. If this date is already

past, the system proposes the current date as a default.

o RECTK ZZZZZ = X Planned action is carried out using recurring

tasks.

o PERNR ZZZZZ = 8-digit personnel number from the master database.

The next line in the feature is accessed by means of operation NEXTR.

The last line of an action ends with a comma (not NEXTR).

LineVariable key F C Operations

000010 D APACT

000020 004 &PACPA=IDTXT INTERVIEW_INTIMATION_LETTER, NEXTR A

000030 004 A &PACPA=RECTK X, NEXTR B

000040 004 B &PACPA=PLDAT 1,

000050 005 &PACPA=IDTXT INTERVIEW_INTIMATION_LETTER, NEXTR A

000060 005 A &PACPA=RECTK X, NEXTR B

000070 005 B &PACPA=PLDAT 1,

000080 006 &PACPA=IDTXT INTERVIEW_INTIMATION_LETTER, NEXTR

58

Page 59: SAP Hr Config All

A

000090 006 A &PACPA=RECTK X, NEXTR B

000100 006 B &PACPA=PLDAT 1,

000110 007 &PACPA=IDTXT INVITATION, NEXTR A

000120 007 A &PACPA=RECTK X, NEXTR B

000130 007 B &PACPA=PLDAT 1,

000140 008 &PACPA=PLDAT 10,

000150 010 &PACPA=IDTXT OFFER-CONTRACT, NEXTR A

000160 010 A &PACPA=RECTK X, NEXTR B

000170 010 B &PACPA=PLDAT 20,

000180 011 &PACPA=IDTXT REJECTION_LETTER, NEXTR A

000190 011 A &PACPA=RECTK X, NEXTR B

000200 011 B &PACPA=PLDAT 20,

000210 016 &PACPA=IDTXT PRELIMINARY-RECEIPT, NEXTR A

000220 016 A &PACPA=RECTK X, NEXTR B

000230 016 B &PACPA=PLDAT 2,

000240 020 &PACPA=PLDAT 2,

000250 *** &PACPA=PLDAT 2, NEXTR A

000260 *** A &PACPA=PERNR 2, NEXTR B

000270 *** B &PACPA=PERN1 3, NEXTR C

000280 *** C &PACPA=PERN2 4,

59

Page 60: SAP Hr Config All

Time ManagementThe Time Management component offers the support in performing all human resources processes involving the planning, recording, and valuation of internal and external employees’ work performed and absence times.

Time Management has user-oriented interfaces that support centralized and decentralized entry and administration of time and labor data. Data can be processed centrally by administrators in the human resources department or else in individual departments by time administrators such as supervisors, secretaries, and employees themselves.

Work Schedules

i. Define Public Holiday Classes Personal Sub Area Groupings

i. Group Personal Sub Areas for the Work Scheduleii. Group Personal Sub Areas for the Daily Work Schedule

Daily Work Schedule

• Define Break Schedule• Define Rules for variants• Define Daily work Schedule

Period Work Schedule

• Define Period Work SchedulesDay Types

• Define Day Types• Define Selection rules• Define Special days

Work Schedule rules and Work Schedules

Define Employee subgroup Groupings Define Groupings for the Public Holiday Calendar Set Work Schedule Rules and Work Schedules Generate Work Schedules Manually Generate Work Schedules in Batch

Planned Working Time

Set Default Value for the Work Schedule Set Which Hour Fields Are Entry Fields Define Working Weeks Set Default Value for Time Management Status

Time Data Recording and Administration

Absences1) Absence Catalog:

• Group Personnel Sub areas for Attendances and Absences.

60

Page 61: SAP Hr Config All

• Define Absence Types• Define Illness Types• Determine Entry Screens and Time Constraint Classes.

2) Absence Counting:• Define Counting Classes for the Period Work Schedule.

3) Rules for Absence Counting (New):• Group Employee Subgroups for Time Quotas.• Group Personnel Sub areas for Time Quotas.• Define Rules for Rounding Counted Absences.• Define Counting Rules.• Assign Counting Rules to Attendance Types.

4) Special Absence Data:

• Maternity Protection• Set Eligibility for Info type• Define Absence Types• Define Types of Birth• Define Maternity Protection Periods• Define Default Absence Types

Managing Time Accounts Using Attendance/Absence

Quotas:

• Setting Groupings for Time Quotas• Group Employee Subgroups for Time Quotas• Group Personnel Sub areas for Time Quotas.

• Time Quota Types Create Number Range Intervals

Define Absence Quota Types

Define Absence Quota Types and Indicate

leave.

• Calculating Absence Entitlements Automatic Accrual of Absence Quotas

Rules for Generating Absence Quotas

Setting up Methods for Quota Accrual

• Quota Deduction Using Attendances / Absences.

Define Deduction Rules for Absence and

Attendance Quotas.

Assign Deduction Rules to Counting Rules.

61

Page 62: SAP Hr Config All

62

Page 63: SAP Hr Config All

63

Page 64: SAP Hr Config All

Define Public Holidays:

64

Page 65: SAP Hr Config All

Public Holiday CalendarThe public holiday calendar plays an important role in the Human Resources modules. It affects the definition of the organizational structure of the enterprise and plays a central role in the scheduling process as well in generating monthly work schedules.The public holiday calendar is based on an actual year and allows you to apply your working time models to a specific time period.

It is essential to use the public holiday calendar for recording your employees’ attendances and absences: the payroll program can only be run correctly if Sundays and public holidays and so on are taken into account.

Create Public Holiday CalendarThe public holiday calendar is created on the basis of the regional and national holidays that are valid for your personnel areas and subareas. Company-specific days off for the festivals can also be entered in the calendar. All National and Festival Holidays for different Locations can be created in the system and assigned to the holiday calendar.

Create Public Holiday Calendars

In this step create the public holiday calendars for locations and assign the public holidays to these calendars.

65

Page 66: SAP Hr Config All

SAP R/3 Role Menu

Define Public Holiday Classes

Transaction Code SPRO

IMG Menu Implementation Guide for R/3 Customizing (IMG) -> Time Management -> Work Schedules -> Define Public Holiday Classes

Description and Configuration Values

The following table reproduces the holiday calendars configured for various locations of Cairn Energy.

Calendar id: CB - Cairn Barmer & Jodhpur

Public Holiday Valid From Valid To

Christmas 1900 2098

Diwali 1900 2098

Gandi Jayanthi 1900 2098

Good Friday 1900 2098

Holi 1900 2098

Independance Day (India) 1900 2098

Maharana Pratap Jayanti 1900 2098

May Day 1900 2098

Ramazan 1900 2098

Republic Day (India) 1900 2098

Sri Krishna Jayanti 1900 2098

Calendar id: CC - Cairn Chennai

Public Holiday Valid From Valid To

Christmas 1900 2098

Deepavali 1900 2098

Gandi Jayanthi 1900 2098

Ganesha Chaturthi 1900 2098

Independance Day (India) 1900 2098

May Day 1900 2098

66

Page 67: SAP Hr Config All

Ramazan 1900 2098

Republic Day (India) 1900 2098

Sri Krishna Jayanti 1900 2098

Tamil New Year 1900 2098

Ugadi Telugu New Year 1900 2098

Calendar id: CG - Cairn Gurgaon

Public Holiday Valid From Valid To

Christmas 1900 2098

Diwali 1900 2098

Diwali1 1900 2098

Gandi Jayanthi 1900 2098

Good Friday 1900 2098

Holi 1900 2098

Independance Day (India) 1900 2098

May Day 1900 2098

Ram Navami 1900 2098

Ramazan 1900 2098

Republic Day (India) 1900 2098

Sri Krishna Jayanti 1900 2098

Calendar id: CK - Cairn Kakinada

Public Holiday

Valid From Valid To

Christmas 1900 2098

Deepavali 1900 2098

Dussehra / Ayudha Puja 1900 2098

Gandi Jayanthi 1900 2098

Good Friday 1900 2098

67

Page 68: SAP Hr Config All

Independance Day (India) 1900 2098

Makra Sankaranti 1900 2098

May Day 1900 2098

Ramazan 1900 2098

Republic Day (India) 1900 2098

Ugadi Telugu New Year 1900 2098

Calendar id: CM - Cairn S’yanam

Public HolidayValid From Valid To

1 Ramadan 1900 2098

Deepavali 1900 2098

Dussehra / Ayudha Puja 1900 2098

Gandi Jayanthi 1900 2098

Good Friday 1900 2098

Independance Day (Indi 1900 2098

Makra Sankaranti 1900 2098

May Day 1900 2098

Ramazan 1900 2098

Republic Day (India) 1900 2098

Ugadi Telugu New Year 1900 2098

Calendar id: CP - Cairn Patna

Public Holiday Valid From Valid To

Chhath Puja 1900 2098

Christmas 1900 2098

Diwali 1900 2098

Gandi Jayanthi 1900 2098

Good Friday 1900 2098

Holi 1900 2098

Independance Day (In 1900 2098

68

Page 69: SAP Hr Config All

May Day 1900 2098

Ramazan 1900 2098

Republic Day (India) 1900 2098

Sri Krishna Jayanti 1900 2098

Calendar id: CR - Cairn Rajahmundry

Public Holiday Valid From Valid To

Christmas 1900 2098

Deepavali 1900 2098

Dussehra / Ayudha Puja 1900 2098

Gandi Jayanthi 1900 2098

Good Friday 1900 2098

Independance Day (India) 1900 2098

Makra Sankaranti 1900 2098

May Day 1900 2098

Ramazan 1900 2098

Republic Day (India) 1900 2098

Ugadi Telugu New Year 1900 2098

Calendar id: CS - Cairn Suvali

Public Holiday Valid From Valid To

Christmas 1900 2098

Deepavali 1900 2098

Dhulati (Holi Second day) 1900 2098

Gandi Jayanthi 1900 2098

Good Friday 1900 2098

Gujarati New Year 1900 2098

Independance Day (India) 1900 2098

Makra Sankaranti 1900 2098

May Day 1900 2098

Ramazan 1900 2098

69

Page 70: SAP Hr Config All

Republic Day (India) 1900 2098

Assign Public Holiday Calendars to LocationsThe holiday calendar is assigned to a Personnel Subarea / Location. As Employees are assigned to Personnel Sub areas/locations, all the holidays applicable for that location automatically applies to the employee.

Any required changes to the public holiday calendar can be made at any time.

Assign Personnel Subarea to Public Holiday Calendar

In this step assign the public holiday calendars to the defined personnel subareas (locations).

SAP R/3 Role Menu

Define Public Holiday Classes

Transaction Code SPRO

IMG Menu Implementation Guide for R/3 Customizing (IMG) -> Time Management -> Work Schedules -> Work Schedule Rules and Work Schedules -> Define Groupings for the Public Holiday Calendar

Description and Configuration Values

The following table reproduces the initial values configured for Cairn Energy.

Personnel Area Personnel Area TextPersonnel Sub Area

Personnel Sub Area Text

Holiday Calendar ID

001 Cairn India 01 Gurgaon CG

001 Cairn India 02 S`yanam CM

001 Cairn India 03 Rajahmundry CR

001 Cairn India 04 Kakinada CK

001 Cairn India 05 Barmer CB

001 Cairn India 06 Jodhpur CB

001 Cairn India 07 Patna CP

001 Cairn India 08 Suvali CS

001 Cairn India 09 Chennai CC

70

Page 71: SAP Hr Config All

Work SchedulesWith this component, the settings required for creating work schedules for the employees in the enterprise can be made. Work schedules are shift schedules which must be generated for all employees, even those with a set working time (salaried employees) or flextime. A work schedule consists of several different elements. Elements of the work schedule include daily work schedules, period work schedules, and work schedule rules.

Work schedules can be defined with flextime models or rotating shifts for particular organizational units. It can also set up the legislative regulations, collective agreements and internal company policies that stipulate employee working time in the system.

Personnel Subarea GroupingsPersonnel subarea groupings are used to group the employees for work schedule rules based on the personnel subareas / locations.

Group Personnel Subareas for the Work Schedule

In this step, group the personnel areas and personnel subareas for work schedules.

SAP R/3 Role Menu

Personnel Subarea Groupings

Transaction Code SPRO

IMG Menu Implementation Guide for R/3 Customizing (IMG) -> Time Management -> Work Schedules -> Personnel Subarea Groupings -> Group Personnel Subareas for the Work Schedule

Description and Configuration Values

The following table reproduces the initial values configured for Cairn Energy.

Personnel Area

Personnel Area Text

Personnel Sub Area

Personnel Sub Area Text

Personnel Subarea Grouping

001 Cairn India 01 Gurgaon 40

001 Cairn India 02 S`yanam 40

001 Cairn India 03 Rajahmundry 40

001 Cairn India 04 Kakinada 40

001 Cairn India 05 Barmer 40

001 Cairn India 06 Jodhpur 40

001 Cairn India 07 Patna 40

71

Page 72: SAP Hr Config All

001 Cairn India 08 Suvali 40

001 Cairn India 09 Chennai 40

Group Personnel Subareas for Daily Work Schedule

In this step, assign a personnel area grouping for daily work schedules to a personnel area grouping for work schedules.

SAP R/3 Role Menu

Personnel Subarea Groupings

Transaction Code SPRO

IMG Menu Implementation Guide for R/3 Customizing (IMG) -> Time Management -> Work Schedules -> Personnel Subarea Groupings -> Group Personnel Subareas for the Daily Work Schedule

Description and Configuration Values

The following table reproduces the initial values configured for Cairn Energy.

PS Grouping DWS Grouping

01 01

02 02

03 03

04 04

05 05

06 06

07 07

08 08

72

Page 73: SAP Hr Config All

Daily Work SchedulesThe daily work schedule determines the structure of working times in the enterprise at the daily level. Also actual normal working conditions can be defined and those that differ from externally or internally determined daily working times. In this way, sets of working times can be defined for specific set of employees.

The planned working time specified in a daily work schedule is the basis for payment calculation of actual working times that are relevant for payroll, as well as the valuation of attendances and absences.

The daily work schedule, along with Break Schedules, comprise of the working times for a particular day. The break rules in the work schedule for any particular working day can be defied and can be assigned to a personnel sub area grouping for work schedules. This grouping enables to assign a break schedule to as many of the grouping’s daily work schedules as we want, thereby achieving maximum flexibility in combining all elements of the daily work schedule.

Define Break Schedules

In this step, define work break schedules for the enterprise. We can specify exactly when breaks may be taken within the daily work schedule, and whether they are paid or unpaid.

SAP R/3 Role Menu Daily Work Schedules

Transaction Code SPRO

IMG Menu Implementation Guide for R/3 Customizing (IMG) -> Time Management -> Work Schedules -> Daily Work Schedules -> Define Break Schedules

Description and Configuration Values

The following table reproduces the initial values configured for Cairn Energy.

Grouping Break No Start End P Unpaid Paid After RefTim Type 1 Type 2

40 6DAY 01 12:00 13:00 1.00

40 NORM 01 12:00 13:00 1.00

Define Daily Work Schedules

In this step, daily work schedules for the enterprise are defined. By entering the planned working time, the system calculates the planned planed hours for one day, taking the break schedule into consideration. The daily work schedules for availability are also defined in this step.

73

Page 74: SAP Hr Config All

SAP R/3 Role Menu

Daily Work Schedules

Transaction Code SPRO

IMG Menu Implementation Guide for R/3 Customizing (IMG) -> Time Management -> Work Schedules -> Daily Work Schedules -> Define Daily Work Schedules

Description and Configuration Values

The following table reproduces the initial values configured for Cairn Energy.

74

Page 75: SAP Hr Config All

Grouping

Daily Work Schedule Variant Daily WS Text Start Date End Date

40 12HR 12 Hrs Working 01.01.1990 31.12.9999

40 6DAY 6 day 01.01.1990 31.12.9999

40 ASFT A shift (Morng) 01.01.1990 31.12.9999

40 BSFT B shift (eving) 01.01.1990 31.12.9999

40 CSFT C shift (night) 01.01.1990 31.12.9999

40 FLEX Flextime 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

40 FREE Free 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

40 NORM Normal Working 01.01.1990 31.12.9999

Period Work SchedulesThe period work schedule consists of a defined sequence of daily work schedules. It reflects a work pattern that is repeated after a defined period of time. Period work schedules can extend over one week, several weeks, or a period that is not divisible by seven.

Period work schedule can be created for any length of time: The period work schedule can provide the working time model for one week, as do flextime models, or for an entire year.

Period work schedules can also be created for longer term working models, such as those that cover the entire year. The week number distinguishes between the individual elements of a period.

Define Period Work Schedules

In this step, the period work schedules are created by specifying the sequence of daily work schedules for a work schedule for one or more weeks.

SAP R/3 Role Menu

Period Work Schedules

Transaction Code SPRO

IMG Menu Implementation Guide for R/3 Customizing (IMG) -> Time Management -> Work Schedules -> Period Work Schedules -> Define Period Work Schedules

Description and Configuration Values

The following table reproduces the initial values configured for Cairn Energy.

Grp PWS Period WS Text Week 01 02 03 04 05 06 07

40 10D4 10 Day On 4 Day 001 NORM NORM NORM NORM NORM NORM NORM

75

Page 76: SAP Hr Config All

Off

40 10D410 Day On 4 Day Off 002 NORM NORM NORM FREE FREE FREE FREE

40 14DY14 Days Rotational 001 12HR 12HR 12HR 12HR 12HR 12HR 12HR

40 14DY14 Days Rotational 002 12HR 12HR 12HR 12HR 12HR 12HR 12HR

40 14DY14 Days Rotational 003 FREE FREE FREE FREE FREE FREE FREE

40 14DY14 Days Rotational 004 FREE FREE FREE FREE FREE FREE FREE

40 15DY15 Days Rotational 001 NORM NORM NORM NORM NORM NORM NORM

40 15DY15 Days Rotational 002 NORM NORM NORM NORM NORM NORM NORM

40 15DY15 Days Rotational 003 NORM FREE FREE FREE FREE FREE FREE

40 21DY21 Days Rotational 001 12HR 12HR 12HR 12HR 12HR 12HR 12HR

40 21DY21 Days Rotational 002 12HR 12HR 12HR 12HR 12HR 12HR 12HR

40 21DY21 Days Rotational 003 12HR 12HR 12HR 12HR 12HR 12HR 12HR

40 21DY21 Days Rotational 004 FREE FREE FREE FREE FREE FREE FREE

40 21DY21 Days Rotational 005 FREE FREE FREE FREE FREE FREE FREE

40 21DY21 Days Rotational 006 FREE FREE FREE FREE FREE FREE FREE

40 28DY28 Days Rotational 001 12HR 12HR 12HR 12HR 12HR 12HR 12HR

40 28DY28 Days Rotational 002 12HR 12HR 12HR 12HR 12HR 12HR 12HR

40 28DY28 Days Rotational 003 12HR 12HR 12HR 12HR 12HR 12HR 12HR

76

Page 77: SAP Hr Config All

40 28DY28 Days Rotational 004 12HR 12HR 12HR 12HR 12HR 12HR 12HR

40 28DY28 Days Rotational 005 FREE FREE FREE FREE FREE FREE FREE

40 28DY28 Days Rotational 006 FREE FREE FREE FREE FREE FREE FREE

40 28DY28 Days Rotational 007 FREE FREE FREE FREE FREE FREE FREE

40 28DY28 Days Rotational 008 FREE FREE FREE FREE FREE FREE FREE

40 6DAY Six days working 001 6DAY 6DAY 6DAY 6DAY 6DAY 6DAY FREE

40 6DRO6/2 Days Rotatioanl 001 ASFT ASFT BSFT BSFT CSFT CSFT FREE

40 6DRO6/2 Days Rotatioanl 002 FREE *

40 6WK16 Week On 1 Week Off 001 NORM NORM NORM NORM NORM NORM NORM

40 6WK16 Week On 1 Week Off 002 NORM NORM NORM NORM NORM NORM NORM

40 6WK16 Week On 1 Week Off 003 NORM NORM NORM NORM NORM NORM NORM

40 6WK16 Week On 1 Week Off 004 NORM NORM NORM NORM NORM NORM NORM

40 6WK16 Week On 1 Week Off 005 NORM NORM NORM NORM NORM NORM NORM

40 6WK16 Week On 1 Week Off 006 NORM NORM NORM NORM NORM NORM NORM

40 6WK16 Week On 1 Week Off 007 FREE FREE FREE FREE FREE FREE FREE

40 6WK26 Week On 2 Week Off 001 NORM NORM NORM NORM NORM NORM NORM

40 6WK26 Week On 2 Week Off 002 NORM NORM NORM NORM NORM NORM NORM

40 6WK26 Week On 2 Week Off 003 NORM NORM NORM NORM NORM NORM NORM

77

Page 78: SAP Hr Config All

40 6WK26 Week On 2 Week Off 004 NORM NORM NORM NORM NORM NORM NORM

40 6WK26 Week On 2 Week Off 005 NORM NORM NORM NORM NORM NORM NORM

40 6WK26 Week On 2 Week Off 006 NORM NORM NORM NORM NORM NORM NORM

40 6WK26 Week On 2 Week Off 007 FREE FREE FREE FREE FREE FREE FREE

40 6WK26 Week On 2 Week Off 008 FREE FREE FREE FREE FREE FREE FREE

40 8WK28 Week On 2 Week Off 001 NORM NORM NORM NORM NORM NORM NORM

40 8WK28 Week On 2 Week Off 002 NORM NORM NORM NORM NORM NORM NORM

40 8WK28 Week On 2 Week Off 003 NORM NORM NORM NORM NORM NORM NORM

40 8WK28 Week On 2 Week Off 004 NORM NORM NORM NORM NORM NORM NORM

40 8WK28 Week On 2 Week Off 005 NORM NORM NORM NORM NORM NORM NORM

40 8WK28 Week On 2 Week Off 006 NORM NORM NORM NORM NORM NORM NORM

40 8WK28 Week On 2 Week Off 007 NORM NORM NORM NORM NORM NORM NORM

40 8WK28 Week On 2 Week Off 008 NORM NORM NORM NORM NORM NORM NORM

40 8WK28 Week On 2 Week Off 009 FREE FREE FREE FREE FREE FREE FREE

40 8WK28 Week On 2 Week Off 010 FREE FREE FREE FREE FREE FREE FREE

40 NORM 5 Days Working 001 NORM NORM NORM NORM NORM FREE FREE

Work Schedule Rules and Work SchedulesA work schedule rule is a precise description of the work schedule that specifies the working times of a group of employees.

78

Page 79: SAP Hr Config All

A work schedule rule is assigned a period work schedule, which in turn is made up of daily work schedules. Rotating shifts are set up by assigning a period work schedule to several work schedule rules.

Work schedules are not stored all at once, but stored for each month. The work schedule is created regardless of the length of the period work schedule and is not person-specific.

Define Employee Subgroup Groupings

The employee subgroup grouping for work schedules allows us to group several employee subgroups and base their work schedules on the same rules.

SAP R/3 Role Menu

Work Schedule Rules and Work Schedules

Transaction Code SPRO

IMG Menu Implementation Guide for R/3 Customizing (IMG) -> Time Management -> Work Schedules -> Work Schedule Rules and Work Schedules -> Define Employee Subgroup Groupings

Description and Configuration Values

The following table reproduces the initial values configured for Cairn Energy.

Define Employee Subgroup Grouping

ESGrpg ES Grpg for WS

0 Applicants

1 Hourly wage earners

2 Salaried employees

3 Executive

4 Executive - PH

6 Holder

7 Non-holder

Group Employee Subgroups for Work Schedules

Emp Group

Emp Group Text

Emp Sub Group

Emp Sub Group Text ES Grouping

1 Nationals 01 Employee 2

79

Page 80: SAP Hr Config All

1 Nationals 02 Direct Consultants 2

1 Nationals 03 Third Party Consultant 2

2 Expatriates 01 Employee 2

2 Expatriates 02 Direct Consultants 2

2 Expatriates 03 Third Party Consultant 2

Set Work Schedule Rules and Work Schedules

In this step, you define the work schedule rules that are assigned to employees in the Planned Working Time infotype (0007). The work schedule rule is assigned to a period work schedule and the holiday calendars.

SAP R/3 Role Menu Work Schedule Rules and Work Schedules

Transaction Code SPRO

IMG Menu Implementation Guide for R/3 Customizing (IMG) -> Time Management -> Work Schedules -> Work Schedule Rules and Work Schedules -> Set Work Schedule Rules and Work Schedules

80

Page 81: SAP Hr Config All

Description and Configuration Values

The following table reproduces the initial values configured for Cairn Energy.

ES Grpg

ES Grpg for WS Holiday Calendar

Text PS Groping

WS Rule

Start Date End Date

2Salaried employees CB

Cairn Barmer & Jodhpur 40 10D4 01.01.1990 31.12.9999

2Salaried employees CB

Cairn Barmer & Jodhpur 40 15DY 01.01.1990 31.12.9999

2Salaried employees CB

Cairn Barmer & Jodhpur 40 21DY 01.01.1990 31.12.9999

2Salaried employees CB

Cairn Barmer & Jodhpur 40 28DY 01.01.1990 31.12.9999

2Salaried employees CB

Cairn Barmer & Jodhpur 40 6WK1 01.01.1990 31.12.9999

2Salaried employees CB

Cairn Barmer & Jodhpur 40 6WK2 01.01.1990 31.12.9999

2Salaried employees CB

Cairn Barmer & Jodhpur 40 8WK2 01.01.1990 31.12.9999

2Salaried employees CB

Cairn Barmer & Jodhpur 40 NORM 01.01.1990 31.12.9999

2Salaried employees CC Cairn Chennai 40 NORM 01.01.1990 31.12.9999

2Salaried employees CG Cairn Gurgaon 40 10D4 01.01.1990 31.12.9999

2Salaried employees CG Cairn Gurgaon 40 NORM 01.01.1990 31.12.9999

2Salaried employees CM Cairn S’yanam 40 21DY 01.01.1990 31.12.9999

2Salaried employees CM Cairn S’yanam 40 NORM 01.01.1990 31.12.9999

2Salaried employees CP Cairn Patna 40 21DY 01.01.1990 31.12.9999

2Salaried employees CP Cairn Patna 40 6DAY 01.01.1990 31.12.9999

81

Page 82: SAP Hr Config All

2Salaried employees CP Cairn Patna 40 NORM 01.01.1990 31.12.9999

2Salaried employees CR

Cairn Rajahmundry 40 NORM 01.01.1990 31.12.9999

2Salaried employees CS Cairn Suvali 40 14DY 01.01.1990 31.12.9999

2Salaried employees CS Cairn Suvali 40 6DAY 01.01.1990 31.12.9999

2Salaried employees CS Cairn Suvali 40 6DRO 01.01.1990 31.12.9999

Generate Work Schedules Manually

Work schedules can be generated in this step. The existing work schedules can also be changed or deleted.

Create all function can be used to generate for more than a month. The function can be called via the 'Edit' menu option.

If the work schedules need to be created from January through December of a particular year, December of the previous year and January of the following year must be included.

"Create" function can be used to generate the monthly work schedule one month at a time (with confirmation). the "Create all" function can be used to generate the work schedule for the required period without confirmation.

SAP R/3 Role Menu

Work Schedule Rules and Work Schedules

Transaction Code SPRO

IMG Menu Implementation Guide for R/3 Customizing (IMG) -> Time Management -> Work Schedules -> Work Schedule Rules and Work Schedules -> Generate Work Schedules Manually

Planned Working TimeThe Planned Working Time infotype (0007) allows us to enter a work schedule to define individual working times for employees. It also allows store the time management status for that employee.

The time management status specifies whether an employee participates in time evaluation, and if so, which form.

The following are possible values for the time management status:

0 No time evaluation

82

Page 83: SAP Hr Config All

1 Time evaluation - actual times

2 Time evaluation - PDC

7 Time evaluation without payroll integration

8 External services

9 Time evaluation - planned times

Set Default Value for Time Management Status

In this step a feature is used to create a default value for the time management status in the Planned Working Time infotype. This default value is proposed when we create an infotype record. It can be determined on the basis of an employee's organizational assignment.

SAP R/3 Role Menu

Planned Working Time

Transaction Code SPRO

IMG Menu Implementation Guide for R/3 Customizing (IMG) -> Time Management -> Work Schedules -> Planned Working Time -> Set Default Value for Time Management Status

83

Page 84: SAP Hr Config All

Time Data Recording and AdministrationThe time structures in the company can be represented using working time models, the calendar, and by maintaining the Time Management infotypes. These options allow us to enter all time data and related information for your employees. This time data includes attendance and absence times, availability times, and overtime, for example.

With this component, all the necessary settings can be made to allow the recording of working times for individual employees. This includes absences such as illness, leave, substitutions, overtime, and so on.

A status for Time Management is defined which indicates whether all attendances are recorded for an employee, or only exceptions to the work schedule.

It is also determined that how the system should react if working time data is entered which overlaps with existing data (for example, if an illness record overlaps with a leave record).

Absence Catalog Absences are paid or unpaid planned working times during which the employee has not worked. They therefore represent a deviation to the employee's work schedule. Information required for defining and recording absences can be stored in this area.

In this section, the settings required for recording and processing absences are made.

Group Personnel Subareas for Attendances and Absences

In this step, personnel areas and subareas are grouped for attendance and absence types.

For example, if the same attendance and absence types are to be assigned to personnel subareas 01 and 02, same grouping for these both personnel areas needs to be defined.

SAP R/3 Role Menu

Absence Catalog

Transaction Code SPRO

IMG Menu Implementation Guide for R/3 Customizing (IMG) -> Time Management -> Time Data Recording and Administration -> Absences -> Absence Catalog -> Group Personnel Subareas for Attendances and Absences

Description and Configuration Values

The following table reproduces the initial values configured for Cairn Energy.

84

Page 85: SAP Hr Config All

Personnel Area

text Personnel Subarea

Text PS Grouping

001 Cairn India 01 Gurgaon 40

001 Cairn India 02 S`yanam 40

001 Cairn India 03 Rajahmundry 40

001 Cairn India 04 Kakinada 40

001 Cairn India 05 Barmer 40

001 Cairn India 06 Jodhpur 40

001 Cairn India 07 Patna 40

001 Cairn India 08 Suvali 40

001 Cairn India 09 Chennai 40

Define Absence Types

In this step, absence types for different personnel subarea groupings are defined. Also the checks which the system performs can be defined when the absence is entered.

SAP R/3 Role Menu

Absence Catalog

Transaction Code SPRO

IMG Menu Implementation Guide for R/3 Customizing (IMG) -> Time Management -> Time Data Recording and Administration -> Absences -> Absence Catalog -> Define Absence Types

85

Page 86: SAP Hr Config All

Description and Configuration Values

The following table reproduces the initial values configured for Cairn Energy.

Personnel Area

Absence Type

Absence Text Start Date End Date

40 100 Annual Leave 01.01.1990 31.12.9999

40 200 Casual Leave 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

40 300 Sick leave 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

40 400 Maternity Leave-14 Weeks 01.01.1990 31.12.9999

40 500 Paternity leave 01.01.1990 31.12.9999

40 600 Compassionate leave 01.01.1990 31.12.9999

40 700 Compensatory Off 01.01.1990 31.12.9999

40 800 Half day Casual 01.01.1990 31.12.9999

40 900 Unpaid Absence 01.01.1990 31.12.9999

Determine Entry Screens and Time Constraint Classes

86

Page 87: SAP Hr Config All

Use the data entry screen number for an absence to determine which screen (entry screen) is used to enter, display and maintain a record of this particular absence type.

The time constraint class controls the system reaction if a new record in the Absences infotype (2001) overlaps with existing time infotype records.

In the standard system, the following numbers are allocated to the screens:

1. 2000 - General absence

This screen is used for all absences which do not require special processing (such as paid leave of absence for getting married).

2. 2001 - Quota deduction

This screen is used for entering data on leave or time in lieu of overtime.

3. 2002 - Work incapacity

Use this screen for all absence types where continued pay should be taken into account automatically by the system.

4. Special screens have been developed for the following absence types:

2003 - Maternity protection, parental leave

2004 - Military and non-military service

2005 - Work incapacity (Netherlands)

87

Page 88: SAP Hr Config All

SAP R/3 Role Menu

Absence Catalog

Transaction Code SPRO

IMG Menu Implementation Guide for R/3 Customizing (IMG) -> Time Management -> Time Data Recording and Administration -> Absences -> Absence Catalog -> Determine Entry Screens and Time Constraint Classes

Description and Configuration Values

The following table reproduces the initial values configured for Cairn Energy.

Personnel Area

Absence Type

Absence Text Start Date End Date

40 0100 Annual Leave 01.01.1990 31.12.9999

40 0200 Casual Leave 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

40 0300 Sick leave 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

40 0400 Maternity Leave-14 Weeks 01.01.1990 31.12.9999

40 0500 Paternity leave 01.01.1990 31.12.9999

40 0600 Compassionate leave 01.01.1990 31.12.9999

40 0700 Compensatory Off 01.01.1990 31.12.9999

40 0800 Half day Casual 01.01.1990 31.12.9999

40 0900 Unpaid Absence 01.01.1990 31.12.9999

Absence CountingWhen an attendance/absence is recorded, the system refers to the planned working hours in the employee's daily work schedule to calculate the attendance/absence hours. This is not always desirable.

There are times when the special regulations for counting attendances and absences need to be applied, such as:

• on specific days (public holidays, weekdays)

• for specific attendance and absence types

• for specific daily and period work schedules

The daily duration of an absence can be counted according to the rules which are defined in this section. Thus, it can valuate the duration of attendances/absences differently depending on business requirements.

Define Counting Classes for the Period Work Schedule

88

Page 89: SAP Hr Config All

In this section, the settings for attendance/absence counting are made.

SAP R/3 Role Menu

Absence Counting

Transaction Code SPRO

IMG Menu Implementation Guide for R/3 Customizing (IMG) -> Time Management -> Time Data Recording and Administration -> Absences -> Absence Catalog -> Absence Counting -> Define Counting Classes for the Period Work Schedule

Description and Configuration Values

The following table reproduces the initial values configured for Cairn Energy.

PS Grpg Period WS

Start End Counting Class

40 10D4 01.01.1990 31.12.9999 1

40 14DY 01.01.1990 31.12.9999 1

40 15DY 01.01.1990 31.12.9999 1

40 21DY 01.01.1990 31.12.9999 1

40 28DY 01.01.1990 31.12.9999 1

40 6DAY 01.01.1990 31.12.9999 1

40 6DRO 01.01.1990 31.12.9999 1

40 6WK1 01.01.1990 31.12.9999 1

40 6WK2 01.01.1990 31.12.9999 1

40 8WK2 01.01.1990 31.12.9999 1

40 NORM 01.01.1990 31.12.9999 1

Group Employee Subgroups for Time Quotas

89

Page 90: SAP Hr Config All

In this step, employee subgroups for time quota types are grouped. Employee subgroups for which the same attendance and absence quota types are defined are assigned to the same grouping for time quota types.

SAP R/3 Role Menu

Absence Counting

Transaction Code SPRO

IMG Menu Implementation Guide for R/3 Customizing (IMG) -> Time Management -> Time Data Recording and Administration -> Absences -> Absence Catalog -> Absence Counting -> Rules for Absence Counting (New) -> Group Employee Subgroups for Time Quotas

Description and Configuration Values

The following table reproduces the initial values configured for Cairn Energy.

EE Group Text

EE Subgroup Text ESG Time Quota Types

1 Nationals 1 Employee 2

1 Nationals 2 Direct Consultants 2

1 Nationals 3 Third Party Consulta 2

2 Expatriates 1 Employee 2

2 Expatriates 2 Direct Consultants 2

2 Expatriates 3 Third Party Consulta 2

Group Personnel Subareas for Time Quotas

In this step, personnel subareas are grouped with regard to the permissibility of time quota types. Personnel subareas for which the same attendance and absence quota types are defined are assigned to the same grouping for time quota types.

90

Page 91: SAP Hr Config All

SAP R/3 Role Menu

Absence Counting

Transaction Code SPRO

IMG Menu Implementation Guide for R/3 Customizing (IMG) -> Time Management -> Time Data Recording and Administration -> Absences -> Absence Catalog -> Absence Counting -> Rules for Absence Counting (New) -> Group Personnel Subareas for Time Quotas

Description and Configuration Values

The following table reproduces the initial values configured for Cairn Energy.

EE Group Text

EE Subgroup Text ESG Time Quota Types

1 Nationals 1 Employee 2

1 Nationals 2 Direct Consultants 2

1 Nationals 3 Third Party Consulta 2

2 Expatriates 1 Employee 2

2 Expatriates 2 Direct Consultants 2

2 Expatriates 3 Third Party Consulta 2

Define Rules for Rounding Counted Absences

In this step, you set rounding rules for absence and attendance counting.

Concrete numbers for the rounding rules are used. We can specify whether we want:

91

Page 92: SAP Hr Config All

• Only values within the specified interval to be rounded or the interval to be rolled• The specified upper and lower limits to be included in the calculation• You can specify several subrules for a rounding rule and number them sequentially. The system

runs through the subrules in sequential order until it finds one that applies.

SAP R/3 Role Menu

Absence Counting

Transaction Code SPRO

IMG Menu Implementation Guide for R/3 Customizing (IMG) -> Time Management -> Time Data Recording and Administration -> Absences -> Absence Catalog -> Absence Counting -> Rules for Absence Counting (New) -> Define Rules for Rounding Counted Absences

Define Counting Rules

In this step, you define rules for counting attendances and absences. The rules are used to determine the payroll days and hours for an attendance or absence. The payroll days and hours that have been counted are used to control the deduction of quotas. They can be used in Payroll to valuate the absence.

SAP R/3 Role Menu

Absence Counting

Transaction Code SPRO

IMG Menu Implementation Guide for R/3 Customizing (IMG) -> Time Management -> Time Data Recording and Administration -> Absences -> Absence Catalog -> Absence Counting -> Rules for Absence Counting (New) -> Define Counting Rules

92

Page 93: SAP Hr Config All

93

Page 94: SAP Hr Config All

Assign Counting Rules to Absence Types

In this step, we determine which rule for attendance or absence counting should be used for each attendance/absence type.

94

Page 95: SAP Hr Config All

SAP R/3 Role Menu

Absence Counting

Transaction Code SPRO

IMG Menu Implementation Guide for R/3 Customizing (IMG) -> Time Management -> Time Data Recording and Administration -> Absences -> Absence Catalog -> Absence Counting -> Rules for Absence Counting (New) -> Assign Counting Rules to Absence Types

Description and Configuration Values

The following table reproduces the initial values configured for Cairn Energy.

PSGAbsence Type Text Start Date End Date

Counting Rule

40 100 Annual Leave 01.01.1990 31.12.9999 010

40 200 Casual Leave 01.01.1900 31.12.9999 020

40 300 Sick leave 01.01.1900 31.12.9999 060

40 400Maternity Leave-14 Weeks 01.01.1990 31.12.9999 030

40 500 Paternity leave 01.01.1990 31.12.9999 040

40 600 Compassionate leave 01.01.1990 31.12.9999 050

40 700 Compensatory Off 01.01.1990 31.12.9999 070

40 800 Half day Casual 01.01.1990 31.12.9999 080

95

Page 96: SAP Hr Config All

900 Unpaid Absence 01.01.1990 31.12.9999 010

Managing Time Accounts Using Attendance/Absence Quotas

An Absence quota specifies an employee's entitlement to time off for a limited period. It is dependent on an absence quota type.

The Absence Quotas infotype (2006) can be used to manage all employees' time off entitlements and leave types. The infotype's special functions ensure that an employee can only claim the leave days stipulated in the contract as the absence type Leave.

When an absence is recorded in the Absences infotype, the system checks whether the employee possesses sufficient time off entitlement.

An Attendance quota specifies a limited period in which an employee has approval for certain activities. It is dependent on an attendance quota type.

Setting Groupings for Time Quotas Time quotas (time off entitlements and attendance approvals) can be grouped or refined according to the following factors:

• Employee subgroups for time quotas (type of employee)

• Personnel subareas for time quotas (where is the employee assigned?)

• If time evaluation is used: Personnel subareas for time recording (time type determination)

• For generating absence quotas: quota type selection rule group (which conditions and rules apply when absence quotas are generated)

In this section, employee subgroup grouping and the personnel subareas are grouped together based on the time quota types permitted.

Group Employee Subgroups for Time Quotas

In this step, employee subgroups for time quota types are grouped.

Employee subgroups for which the same attendance and absence quota types are defined are assigned to the same grouping for time quota types

SAP R/3 Role Menu

Setting Groupings for Time Quotas

Transaction Code SPRO

IMG Menu Implementation Guide for R/3 Customizing (IMG) -> Time Management -> Time Data Recording and Administration -> Managing Time Accounts Using Attendance/Absence Quotas -> Setting Groupings for Time Quotas -> Group Employee Subgroups for Time Quotas

Description and Configuration Values

The following table reproduces the initial values configured for Cairn Energy.

96

Page 97: SAP Hr Config All

EE Group Text

EE Subgroup Text

ESG Time Quota Types

1 Nationals 01 Employee 2

1 Nationals 02 Direct Consultants 2

1 Nationals 03 Third Party Consulta 2

2 Expatriates 01 Employee 2

2 Expatriates 02 Direct Consultants 2

2 Expatriates 03 Third Party Consulta 2

Group Employee Subgroups for Time Quotas

In this step, personnel subareas are grouped with regard to the permissibility of time quota types.

Personnel subareas for which the same attendance and absence quota types are defined are assigned to the same grouping for time quota types.

SAP R/3 Role Menu

Setting Groupings for Time Quotas

Transaction Code SPRO

IMG Menu Implementation Guide for R/3 Customizing (IMG) -> Time Management -> Time Data Recording and Administration -> Managing Time Accounts Using Attendance/Absence Quotas -> Setting Groupings for Time Quotas -> Group Personnel Subareas for Time Quotas

Description and Configuration Values

The following table reproduces the initial values configured for Cairn Energy.

Personnel Area Text

Personnel Subarea Text

PS Groping for time quotas

1 Cairn India 01 Gurgaon 40

1 Cairn India 02 S`yanam 40

1 Cairn India 03 Rajahmundry 40

1 Cairn India 04 Kakinada 40

1 Cairn India 05 Barmer 40

1 Cairn India 06 Jodhpur 40

97

Page 98: SAP Hr Config All

1 Cairn India 07 Patna 40

1 Cairn India 08 Suvali 40

1 Cairn India 09 Chennai 40

Time Quota Types In this section the attendance and absence quota types are defined for managing time accounts. Also we specify how attendances and absences are to be deducted from the employees' quotas.

Define Absence Quota Types

In this step, the valid absence quota types (entitlement to time off and leave types) for the employee subgroup and personnel subarea groupings for time quota types are defined.

SAP R/3 Role Menu

Time Quota Types

Transaction Code SPRO

IMG Menu Implementation Guide for R/3 Customizing (IMG) -> Time Management -> Time Data Recording and Administration -> Managing Time Accounts Using Attendance/Absence Quotas -> Time Quota Types -> Define Absence Quota Types

98

Page 99: SAP Hr Config All

Description and Configuration Values

The following table reproduces the initial values configured for Cairn Energy.

ESGpg PSGpg

Absence Quota Type Quota Text Start Date End date

2 40 10 Annual leave(Cairn) 01.01.1990 31.12.9999

2 40 20 Casual Leave 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

2 40 21 Suwali 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

2 40 30Maternity Leave-14 Weeks 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

2 40 40 Paternity leave 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

2 40 50 Compassionate leave 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

2 40 60 Compensatory Off 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

Permit Generation of quotas in Time Evaluation

99

Page 100: SAP Hr Config All

Specify Rule groups for time quota type selection:

QUOMO

100

Page 101: SAP Hr Config All

Set Base Entitlement:

Determine validity and Deduction periods:

101

Page 102: SAP Hr Config All

Define generation Rules for Quota type Selection:

102

Page 103: SAP Hr Config All

Define Deduction Rules for Absence quotas:

103

Page 104: SAP Hr Config All

Assign Deduction rules to Counting rules:

Setting Methods for Quota accrual:

Set up Automatic accrual using report RPTQTA00:

104

Page 105: SAP Hr Config All

Output:

105

Page 106: SAP Hr Config All

PAYROLL-INDIA

SCOPE OF THE DOCUMENT

The Payroll document contains the configuration details of the module. As part of business process mapping following configuration has been carried out in this module.

1.1 Payroll Module Configuration Scope

Process Functions

Organizational Data

Payroll Area

Default payroll area

Control record

Basic pay

Payscale type and areas

Payscale structure and Enterprise structure

Default Payscale data

ESG grp PCR and Collective agreement provision

Payscale groups and levels

Wagetypes characteristics and groupings

Wagetypes group Basicpay

Enterprise structure for wagetype model

Default Wagetypes for basic pay

Maintain Valuation of Base Wage Types

Recurring payments and deductions

Wagetypes characteristics and groupings

Wagetypes group Recurring payments and deductions

Maintain Valuation of Base Wage Types

Additional Payments

Wagetypes characteristics and groupings

Wagetypes group Recurring payments and deductions

Maintain Valuation of Base Wage Types

Employee remuneration Wagetypes characteristics and groupings

106

Page 107: SAP Hr Config All

Process Functions

Wagetypes group Recurring payments and deductions

Reimbursements, Allowances and Perks

Assign Wage Type Model for Pay Scale Grouping for Allowances

Maintain Default Wage Types for Basic Pay

Maintain Allowance Rules based on Slabs

Calculate Eligibility for RAPs

Maintain Extra Eligibility Criteria for RAPs

Claims Claims and eligibilities

Maintain Salary Year and Period End Treatment of RAP

Housing

Define Accomodation Types

Maintain the Processing Options for CLA

Housing allowance and perk

Leave Travel

LTA eligibility

Integration with Absences

LTA exemption and period end processing

Car and Conveyance

Define Vehicle Details

Define Conveyance Types

Define Amounts and Numbers for Car Schemes

Assign Type and Age of Car for Car Schemes

Assign Eligibility Criteria for Conveyance Allowance and car maintenance

Maintain car Rate of Perquisite

Superannuation

Maintain Superannuation Trust ID

Maintain Superannuation Contrib. Freq and Rel. Wage Types

Define Contribution Rates for Superannuation

Maintain Eligibility Details for Superannuation

Wage types configuration, integration with termination workbench

107

Page 108: SAP Hr Config All

Process Functions

Provident Fund

Define Trust Details for Provident Fund

Assign Company Rates for Provident Fund

Define PF Trust Validity Period

Maintain Contribution Details for Provident Fund

Define Contribution type for Statutory rates for Provident Fund

Labour Welfare Fund

Define Personnel Area and Sub area Groupings for LWF

Assign LWF Groupings for Personnel Area and Subarea

Maintain Contribution Rates for Labour Welfare Fund

Professional Tax

Define Professional Tax Grouping Details

Assign PTax Groupings for Personnel Areas and Subareas

Assign Amounts for Professional Tax Deduction

Maintain Method and Form Layout for PTax Groupings

Maintain Cumulation Rules for Professional Tax

Income tax

Define Personnel Area and Subarea Groupings for Tax

Assign Tax Groupings for Personnel Areas and Subareas

Maintain Feature to Return Employer IncomeTax Related Data

Third Party Deductions

Tax Liability on Reimbursements, Allowances and Perks

Section 89(1) Relief

Recovery of Rounded Off Amounts Recovery of Rounded Off Amounts during payroll run

Termination

Determine Periods of Notice

Determine Deadline Type

Maintain Calculation Factor for Retiral Benefits

Calculation method for Notice Pay

Termination workbench configuration

Company Loans Specify Interest Calculation Method

Maintain Rule for Interest Rate Advantage Taxation

108

Page 109: SAP Hr Config All

Process Functions

Maintain Loan Types

Control Allocation of Loans

Maintain Loans Grouping

Maintain Salary Components

Maintain Maximum Number of Loans Allowed

Maintain Maximum amount for loans outstanding

Maintain Loans Eligibility Checks and Limits

Maintain Loans Disbursement Schedule

Maintain the Description for the Event Codes Tranche

Maintain Penal Amount Percentage for Special Repayment

Maintain Deduction Details Under Section 24

Automate Addition of Principal Repayment Amount to Sec 88

Loan balances processing

Data Medium Exchange Bank transfers

Integration with Time ManagementLeave Encashment

Absences processing

Integration with accounting

Define Employee Grouping Account Determination

Define Symbolic Accounts

Define Posting Characteristics of Wage Types

Assign Balance Sheet Accounts

Assign Expense Accounts

Assign Technical Accounts

Assign Vendor Accounts

Set Up Postings for Fixed Costs

Assign Substitute Cost Centers

Payroll Schema Payroll Schema

Personnel calculation rules Personnel calculation rules

109

Page 110: SAP Hr Config All

Process Functions

Remuneration statement Remuneration statement

Create Payroll Area:

PM--> PA--> Organizational Data--> Organizational Assignment:

• Create Payroll area

• Check Default Payroll area

• Create Control Record

Payroll Area:

110

Page 111: SAP Hr Config All

Check Default Payroll area(ABKRS):

Control Record-PA03:

111

Page 112: SAP Hr Config All

Payroll Basic Settings:

Define Employee sub group grouping for PCR & CAP:

Purpose:

The employee subgroup grouping for the personnel calculation rule is required in Payroll Accounting. The collective agreement provisions grouping are required for indirect valuation of wage types in the Basic Pay Infotype (0008).

IMG Menu Path

SAP R/3 Role Menu Basic Pay

Transaction Code SPRO

IMG Menu Implementation Guide for R/3 Customizing (IMG) Personnel Management Personnel Administration Payroll Data Basic Pay Define EE Subgroup Grouping for PCR and Coll.Agrmt.Prov.

Description and Configuration Values

Employee groups and subgroups must be set up before this activity. The meanings of the grouping for the personnel calculation rule are fixed and may not be changed.

112

Page 113: SAP Hr Config All

For each employee subgroup, we define the personnel calculation rule grouping that indicates the system, which set of personnel calculation rules are to be processed / applicable to each Employee Subgroup.

The following table shows the details of the Employee sub group groupings configured for Cairn Energy:

Pay scale Structure:

Pay Scale TypePay scale type is a collective agreement type in accordance with the collective agreement in an enterprise.

IMG Menu Path

SAP R/3 Role Menu Basic Pay

Transaction Code SPRO

IMG MenuImplementation Guide for R/3 Customizing (IMG) Personnel

Management Personnel Administration Payroll Data Basic Pay

Check Payscale type.

Description and Configuration Values

In this step we set up the enterprise's pay scale types. The Basic Pay Infotype (0008) is derived from the pay scale type.We have configured, the Payroll Scale Types of Cairn Energy as shown in the following table.

113

Page 114: SAP Hr Config All

Pay Scale AreaA pay scale area is a special area in which a collective agreement is valid.

When human resources of an organization are located in different Geographic’s, it is necessary to design company’s pay structure considering the respective state laws and employee unions.

IMG Menu Path

SAP R/3 Role Menu Basic Pay

Transaction Code SPRO

IMG MenuImplementation Guide for R/3 Customizing (IMG) Personnel Management Personnel Administration Payroll Data Basic Pay Check Payscale Area

Description and Configuration Values

In this section, we set up different pay scale areas in accordance with the collective agreement in an enterprise.The Pay scale Type configuration details applicable for Cairn Energy are shown in the following table.

Assign Pay Scale Structure to Enterprise StructureIn this step, we assign pay scale types and areas defined in the above steps to the personnel areas and Personnel sub areas.

IMG Menu Path

114

Page 115: SAP Hr Config All

SAP R/3 Role Menu Basic Pay

Transaction Code SPRO

IMG Menu

Implementation Guide for R/3 Customizing (IMG) Personnel Management Personnel Administration Payroll Data Basic Pay Check Assignment of Pay Scale Structure to Enterprise Structure

Description and Configuration Values

We have to set up the following before configuring this step:

• The Personnel areas must be defined.

• Pay scale areas and types must be defined.

• Determine which pay scale types and areas are assigned to which personnel areas.

The following Configuration has been done for CEIL:

Personnel Area

Personnel Area Text

Personnel Sub Area

Personnel Sub Area Text

Pay

scale Area

Payscale Area Text

Payscale Type

Payscale Type Text

1 Cairn India 1 Gurgaon 25Payscale

Area Gurgoan

25Payscale Type

Gurgoan

1 Cairn India 2 S`yanam 26Payscale

Area S’yanam

26Payscale Type

S’yanam

1 Cairn India 3 Rajahmundry 25Payscale

Area Gurgoan

25Payscale Type

Gurgoan

1 Cairn India 4 Kakinada 25Payscale

Area Gurgoan

25Payscale Type

Gurgoan

1 Cairn India 5 Barmer 25Payscale

Area Gurgoan

25Payscale Type

Gurgoan

1 Cairn India 6 Jodhpur 25Payscale

Area Gurgoan

25Payscale Type

Gurgoan

1 Cairn India 7 Patna 25Payscale

Area Gurgoan

25Payscale Type

Gurgoan

1 Cairn India 8 Suvali 27Payscale Area Suvli

27 Payscale Type Suvli

115

Page 116: SAP Hr Config All

1 Cairn India 9 Chennai 25Payscale

Area Gurgoan

25Payscale Type

Gurgoan

1 Cairn India 10 Mumbai 25Payscale

Area Gurgoan

25Payscale Type

Gurgoan

1 Cairn India 11 Pipavav 27Payscale Area Suvli

27 Payscale Type Suvli

1 Cairn India 12 Gandhinagar 27Payscale Area Suvli

27 Payscale Type Suvli

Determine Default for pay scale data:

Pay scale groups and Levels:

A pay scale group is a criterion used for grading job evaluation. A pay scale group is divided up into several pay scale levels.

Each of these groups, share a set of characteristics, to which a standard set of rules can be applied.

116

Page 117: SAP Hr Config All

IMG Menu Path

SAP R/3 Role Menu Basic Pay

Transaction Code SPRO

IMG Menu

Implementation Guide for R/3 Customizing (IMG) Personnel Management Personnel Administration Payroll Data Basic Pay Revise Pay Scale Groups and Levels

Description and Configuration Values

Pay scale types and areas must be defined, before configuring this step.

The following Payscale groups and levels have been configured after analyzing the requirements of location wise Payroll grades and levels of Cairn Energy’s Payroll system.

Payscale Type: 25 (Payscale Type Gurgaon)Payscale Area: 25 (Payscale Area Gurgaon)

Payscale Type: 26 (Payscale Type S' Yanam)

Payscale Area: 26 (Payscale Area S' Yanam)

117

Page 118: SAP Hr Config All

WAGE TYPE STRUCTUREWage types for Basic Pay Infotype (0008)

Earnings and deductions of an Employee are represented in SAP as Wagetypes.

In other words, Wagetypes are the payroll and personnel administration objects used to differentiate between monetary or time units, which are used in different ways to calculate Employees Remuneration.

The name range reserved for the customer Wagetypes has been described by SAP. The entire customer Wagetypes should begin with a number.

Hence, all the Wagetypes configured for Cairn Energy’s Payroll System start with a number.

Create / Copy wage typesWe create the wage types for the Infotype Basic Pay (0008) by copying the model wage types in the standard SAP system.

Only wage types for use in Infotype Basic Pay (0008) are proposed in this step.

IMG Menu Path

118

Page 119: SAP Hr Config All

SAP R/3 Role Menu Wage Types

Transaction Code SPRO

IMG Menu

Implementation Guide for R/3 Customizing (IMG) -> Personnel Management Personnel Administration Payroll Data Basic pay Wage Types Create wage type catalog

Description and Configuration Values

These copied wage types will be available in Infotype 0008 for further processing. We can also modify the copies to suit our requirements.

The following are the Wage types defined as part of Basic Pay Infotype 0008, after analyzing the requirements of Cairn Energy’s Payroll System.

Wage Type Code Wage Type long text Short Text

6CFE Consultancy Fee 6CFE

6BLC Barmer Loc Allow. 6BLC

6LOC Location allowance 6LOC

Check Wage Type TextThis section allows us to change the texts of the sample wage types that we have copied in the above step.

IMG Menu Path

SAP R/3 Role Menu Wage Types

Transaction Code SPRO

IMG Menu

Implementation Guide for R/3 Customizing (IMG) -> Personnel Management Personnel Administration Payroll Data Basic pay Wage Types Check wage type catalog Check wage type text

Description and Configuration Values

Wage type short texts are used when printing out in Pay slip.

The following table shows the Long text and short text assigned to the wage types.

119

Page 120: SAP Hr Config All

Wage Type Code Wage Type long text Short Text

6CFE Consultancy Fee 6CFE

6BLC Barmer Loc Allow. 6BLC

6LOC Location allowance 6LOC

Check Entry Permissibility per InfotypeWe can define the date on which wage types may be entered. For example the "special bonus" wage type may only be entered up to 12/31/2010.

IMG Menu Path

SAP R/3 Role Menu Wage Types

Transaction Code SPRO

IMG Menu

Implementation Guide for R/3 Customizing (IMG) Personnel Management Personnel Administration Payroll Data Basic pay Wage Types Check wage type catalog Check enter permissibility per Infotype

Description and Configuration Values

To perform this step we have to have set up the wage type catalog and have configured which wage types can be entered in which Infotype.

The details of the Wage type’s validity have been shown in the following table

Wage Type Code Wage Type long text Start date End date

6CFE Consultancy Fee 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

6BLC Barmer Loc Allow. 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

6LOC Location allowance 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

Employee Sub Group Grouping For Primary Wage TypesThis section allows combining employee subgroups for primary wage types, i.e. We group the employee subgroups already named to groups.

The Employee sub group grouping determines the applicability of wage types to Employee group and subgroup assigned to an employee in Organizational Assignment Infotype (0001).

IMG Menu Path

SAP R/3 Role Menu Wage Types

120

Page 121: SAP Hr Config All

Transaction Code SPRO

IMG MenuImplementation Guide for R/3 Customizing (IMG) Personnel

Management Personnel Administration Payroll Data Wage

Types Employee Subgroups for Primary Wage Type

Description and Configuration Values

The following table represents the Grouping of Employee sub groups for Primary wage types.

Wage Type PermissibilityIMG Menu Path

SAP R/3 Role Menu Check Wage Type Catalog

Transaction Code SPRO

IMG Menu

Implementation Guide for R/3 Customizing (IMG) Personnel Management Personnel Administration Payroll Data Basic Pay Wage Types Check wage type catelog Define Wage Type Permissibility for each PS and ESG

Description and Configuration Values

Before defining the wage type permissibility, we have to ensure the following

• Employee groups and subgroups must be defined.

• Personnel areas and sub areas must be defined.

• Employee groups, subgroups and personnel areas must be defined for primary wage types.

• The wage type catalog must be defined.

Assign the appropriate indicators to the wage types, in the details section of each Wage type.

The indicator must be "1", if we define this wage type as permissible. A blank signifies that the wage type may not be entered.

121

EE GroupName of

employee group

Employee subgroup

Name of employee subgroupEmployees subgroup grouping

1 Nationals 2 Direct Consultants 1

Page 122: SAP Hr Config All

Wage Type Code Wage Type long text Start date End date

6CFE Consultancy Fee 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

6BLC Barmer Loc Allow. 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

6LOC Location allowance 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

Check Wage Type CharacteristicsThe Wagetype characteristics describe how the wagetype should behave while entering in Infotypes.

IMG Menu Path

SAP R/3 Role Menu Wage Types

Transaction Code SPRO

IMG Menu Implementation Guide for R/3 Customizing (IMG) Personnel Management Personnel Administration Payroll Data Basic Pay Wage Types Check wage type CatalogCheck wage type characteristics

Description and Configuration Values

Wagetype Characteristics determine the following based on the entries made:

• Whether the wagetype is a payment wagetype or deduction wagetype

• The Unit of the wage type

• Indirect valuation

122

Page 123: SAP Hr Config All

123

Page 124: SAP Hr Config All

Valuation of Wagetypes After we configure the wagetype characteristics, for each wagetype, defined the indirect valuation in the step "Check wage type characteristics".Depending on which module we use for indirect valuation (Module name), we need to define additional procedures to ensure that indirect valuation functions correctly.IMG Menu Path

SAP R/3 Role Menu Wage Types

Transaction Code SPRO

IMG Menu Implementation Guide for R/3 Customizing (IMG) Personnel Management Personnel Administration Payroll Data Basic Pay Wage Types Define valuation of base wage types

Description and Configuration Values

The following table shows the details of valuation base

ModuleValuated Wage Type

Wage Type long text

No Start Date End DateBase Wage Type

Wage Type long text

Percent

PRZNT 1CLAHRA Differential

1 01.01.1900 31.12.9999 1BAS Basic Salary 40

PRZNT 1DSADeputation / secondment Alw

1 01.01.1900 31.12.9999 1BAS Basic Salary 20

PRZNT 1DSADeputation / secondment Alw

2 01.01.1900 31.12.9999 1HRAHouse Rent Allowance

20

PRZNT 1DSADeputation / secondment Alw

3 01.01.1900 31.12.9999 1CONConveyance Allowance

20

PRZNT 1DSADeputation / secondment Alw

4 01.01.1900 31.12.9999 1OALCar (Allowance-PY)

20

PRZNT 1DSADeputation / secondment Alw

5 01.01.1900 31.12.9999 1ACTActivity Allowance

20

PRZNT 1DSADeputation / secondment Alw

6 01.01.1900 31.12.9999 1HDA Hard Duty Allw 20

PRZNT 1DSADeputation / secondment Alw

7 01.01.1900 31.12.9999 1CLAHRA Differential

20

124

Page 125: SAP Hr Config All

ModuleValuated Wage Type

Wage Type long text

No Start Date End DateBase Wage Type

Wage Type long text

Percent

PRZNT 1DSADeputation / secondment Alw

8 01.01.1900 31.12.9999 1SPASpecial Allowance

20

PRZNT 1HRAHouse Rent Allowance

1 01.01.1900 31.12.9999 1BAS Basic Salary 40

PRZNT 1SASSpecial Allw-Superanuatin

1 01.01.1900 31.12.9999 1BAS Basic Salary 15

PRZNT 1TAATemporary Assignment Allw

1 01.01.1900 31.12.9999 1BAS Basic Salary 20

PRZNT 1TAATemporary Assignment Allw

2 01.01.1900 31.12.9999 1HRAHouse Rent Allowance

20

PRZNT 1TAATemporary Assignment Allw

3 01.01.1900 31.12.9999 1CONConveyance Allowance

20

PRZNT 1TAATemporary Assignment Allw

4 01.01.1900 31.12.9999 1OALCar (Allowance-PY)

20

PRZNT 1TAATemporary Assignment Allw

5 01.01.1900 31.12.9999 1ACTActivity Allowance

20

PRZNT 1TAATemporary Assignment Allw

6 01.01.1900 31.12.9999 1HDA Hard Duty Allw 20

PRZNT 1TAATemporary Assignment Allw

7 01.01.1900 31.12.9999 1CLAHRA Differential

20

PRZNT 1TAATemporary Assignment Allw

8 01.01.1900 31.12.9999 1SPASpecial Allowance

20

Wagetypes for Infotype 0014Create/Copy Wagetypes

In the Recurring Payments/Deductions infotype (0014), we can enter an amount and/or a value and a unit of measurement for a wage type that is always paid or deducted during payroll accounting.

Recurring payments/deductions are wage elements that are not paid / deducted in every payroll period. In contrast to additional payments, recurring payments/deductions are paid or deducted with a defined periodicity.

125

Page 126: SAP Hr Config All

IMG Menu Path

SAP R/3 Role Menu Wage Types

Transaction Code SPRO

IMG Menu

Implementation Guide for R/3 Customizing (IMG) Personnel Management Personnel Administration Payroll Data Recurring payments and deductions Wage Types Create wage type catalog

Description and Configuration Values

All deduction wage types and Recurring payments (Excluding Statutory) designed for Cairn Energy is listed in the table.

Original Wage Type

Wage Type long text Starting Date End Date

6CRD Credit Card Recovery 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

6DED Other Deductions - Cons 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

6LUN Lunch Recovery 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

6ORV Other Recovery 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

6PMR Perl Mobile Recovery 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

6REA Relocation Allowance 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

6TAR Trvl Adv Recovery - Cons 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

6TDS Tax deduction 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

Permissibility of Wage Types for Infotype 0014We can define the date on which wage types may be entered in Infotype 0014. For example the "Special bonus" wage type may only be entered up to 12/31/1995.

\IMG Menu Path

126

Page 127: SAP Hr Config All

SAP R/3 Role Menu Check Wage type catalog

Transaction Code SPRO

IMG Menu

Implementation Guide for R/3 Customizing (IMG) Personnel Management Personnel Administration Payroll Data Recurring payments and deductions Wage Types Check Wage type catalogCheck entry permissibility per Infotype

Description and Configuration Values

To perform this step we have to have set up the wage type catalog and have decided which wage types can be entered in which infotype.

The details of the Wagetypes validity have been shown in the following table

Wage Type

Wage Type long text Start Date End Date OnceSeveral Times

6CRD Credit Card Recovery 01.01.1900 31.12.9999 x

6DED Other Deductions - Cons 01.01.1900 31.12.9999 x

6LUN Lunch Recovery 01.01.1900 31.12.9999 X

6ORV Other Recovery 01.01.1900 31.12.9999 X

6PMR Perl Mobile Recovery 01.01.1900 31.12.9999 X

6REA Relocation Allowance 01.01.1900 31.12.9999 X

6TAR Trvl Adv Recovery - Cons 01.01.1900 31.12.9999 x

6TDS Tax deduction 01.01.1900 31.12.9999 X

127

Page 128: SAP Hr Config All

IT 0014 Screen:

Wage types for Infotype 0015Create / Copy Wage Types

By specifying a wage type in the Additional Payments (0015) infotype, we can store an amount and/or a value and a unit of measurement that should be paid or deducted in a certain period by Payroll.

Additional payments are wage elements which are not paid or deducted in every payroll period in contrast to recurring payments and deductions which are paid or deducted within a defined periodicity.

IMG Menu Path

SAP R/3 Role Menu Wage Types

Transaction Code SPRO

IMG Menu

Implementation Guide for R/3 Customizing (IMG) Personnel Management Personnel Administration Payroll Data Additional Payments Wage Types Create Wage type catalog

Description and Configuration Values

All the additional payment Wagetypes designed for Cairn Energy Payroll Process are listed in following table.

128

Page 129: SAP Hr Config All

Original Wage Type Wage Type long text Starting Date

End Date

6AOI Other Allowances 01.01.1998 31.12.9999

6CLU Club Membership 01.01.1998 31.12.9999

6COM Compensatory Allow 01.01.1998 31.12.9999

6DIS Disturbance Allowance 01.01.1998 31.12.9999

6IMB Impact Bonus 01.01.1998 31.12.9999

6JOB Joining Bonus 01.01.1998 31.12.9999

6NTP Other-Non Taxable 01.01.1998 31.12.9999

6OER Other Earnings 01.01.1998 31.12.9999

6OMH Mobile Handset Allow 01.01.1998 31.12.9999

6PEI Performance Incentive 01.01.1998 31.12.9999

6REA Relocation Allowance 01.01.1998 31.12.9999

6REB Referral Bonus 01.01.1998 31.12.9999

6TPR Telephone reimbursement 01.01.1998 31.12.9999

Permissibility of Wage Types for Infotype 0015IMG Menu Path

SAP R/3 Role Menu Check Wage Type Catalog

Transaction Code SPRO

IMG Menu

Implementation Guide for R/3 Customizing (IMG) Personnel Management Personnel Administration Payroll Data Additional Payments Wage Types Check Wage type catalog Check entry permissibility for Additional payments

Description and Configuration Values

To perform this step we have to set up the wage type catalog and have decided which wage types can be entered in which infotype.

The details of the Wagetypes validity and permissibility of Wagetypes have been shown in the following table:

129

Page 130: SAP Hr Config All

Wage Type

Wage Type long text Start Date End Date OnceSeveral Times

6AOI Other Allowances 01.01.1900 31.12.9999 x

6CLU Club Membership 01.01.1998 31.12.9999 x

6COM Compensatory Allow 01.01.1998 31.12.9999 x

6DIS Disturbance Allowance 01.01.1900 31.12.9999 x

6IMB Impact Bonus 01.01.1998 31.12.9999 x

6JOB Joining Bonus 01.01.1900 31.12.9999 x

6NTP Other-Non Taxable 01.01.1998 31.12.9999 x

6OER Other Earnings 01.01.1900 31.12.9999 x

6OMH Mobile Handset Allow 01.01.1998 31.12.9999 x

6PEI Performance Incentive 01.01.1900 31.12.9999 x

6REA Relocation Allowance 01.01.1900 31.12.9999 x

6REB Referral Bonus 01.01.1998 31.12.9999 x

6TPR Telephone reimbursement 01.01.1998 31.12.9999 x

IT 0015-Screen:

130

Page 131: SAP Hr Config All

Payscale groupings for allowances:

In this activity, we define pay scale groupings for allowances to differentiate between employee groups. These groupings determine which benefits apply to a particular group of employees.To enable this:

1. Identify the different benefits each person is entitled too

2. Create groupings for each category, and assign the privileges

IMG Menu Path

SAP R/3 Role Menu Pay Scale Groupings

Transaction Code SPRO

IMG MenuImplementation Guide for R/3 Customizing (IMG) Payroll: India Pay scale groupingsDefine pay scale groupings for allowances

Description and Configuration Values

Pay scale grouping for allowances has been configured as shown in the following table, after analysing the different set of requirements Region Wise / Location Wise & Grade Wise.

Assign Pay Scale Groupings for AllowancesThe defined Payscale groupings are to be assigned to the following parameters. These parameters configuration is mandatory before configuring the Allowance groupings.

• Pay Scale Area

• Pay Scale Type

• Pay Scale Group

131

Page 132: SAP Hr Config All

• Pay Scale Level and

• Employee Sub Grouping for Collective Agreement Provision (ESG for CAP)

IMG Menu Path

SAP R/3 Role Menu Pay Scale Groupings

Transaction Code SPRO

IMG MenuImplementation Guide for R/3 Customizing (IMG) Payroll Payroll: IndiaPay scale groupingsAssign pay scale groupings for allowances

Description and Configuration Values

Payscale Area

Payscale Type

ESG/CAPPayscale

GroupPayscale

LevelAllowance Grouping

25 25 3 CS 01 CS01

25 25 3 CS 01 CS01

25 25 3 CS 01 CS01

Maintain Default Wage Types for Basic PayIn this step, we can set up default wage types based on the internal company structure for the Basic Pay Infotype (0008) using the feature Planned remuneration specification (LGMST) defined in the next step.

When we create a record in Basic pay Infotype, certain wage types will be defaulted based on the Payscale group and Level assigned to the particular employee.

IMG Menu Path

132

Page 133: SAP Hr Config All

SAP R/3 Role Menu Pay Scale Groupings

Transaction Code SPRO

IMG MenuImplementation Guide for R/3 Customizing (IMG) Payroll Payroll: India Reimbursement Allowances and Perks Maintain Default Wagetypes for BasicPay

Description and Configuration Values

Wage Type Model

Seq. No Start Date End Date Mode Wage TypeWage Type

Long Text

CS01 1 01.01.1900 31.12.9999 O 6CFE Consultancy Fee

CS01 2 01.01.1900 31.12.9999 O 6LOCLocation

allowance

Assign Wage type Model for Pay Scale Grouping For Allowances

The “Wage Type Models” is assigned to each “Pay scale grouping for allowances” that was created. The Wage Type Model will indicate which benefits would apply to or what amounts will be deducted from a particular Pay Scale Grouping for Allowance.Wage type Models are a set of 'Wage Types' used by SAP. These Wage types can be an amount or a deduction.IMG Menu Path

133

Page 134: SAP Hr Config All

SAP R/3 Role Menu Reimbursements, Allowances and Perks

Transaction Code SPRO

IMG Menu

Implementation Guide for R/3 Customizing (IMG) Payroll Payroll: India Reimbursements, Allowances and Perks Assign Wage Type Model for Pay Scale Grouping for Allowances

Description and Configuration Values

The Wage type Models must be prefixed with '20/' to indicate that, a maximum of 20 wage types can be stored in a particular Wage types model.

Allowance Grouping Wage Type Model

CS01 20/CS01

Eligibility for RAPs In this step, we set up the eligibility details to calculate the employee's Reimbursement, Allowance or Perk (RAP).

We associate the eligibility criteria for a salary bracket to a Wage type and specify the type of allowance. These Wage types are read by the Basic Pay Infotype (0008) and processed as per the criteria applicable for the employee's 'Pay Scale Grouping for Allowances'.

IMG Menu Path

SAP R/3 Role Menu Reimbursements, Allowances and Perks

Transaction Code SPRO

IMG MenuImplementation Guide for R/3 Customizing (IMG) Payroll Payroll:

IndiaReimbursements, Allowances and Perks Calculate Eligibility for RAPs

134

Page 135: SAP Hr Config All

Description and Configuration Values

The following Allowance groupings contain the Wage types and the eligibility which are configured in the Table V_T7INA9.

The configuration details can be accessed in the details section of each Allowance grouping.

Allowance Grouping Start Date End Date

CS01 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

Maintain Salary Year and Period End Treatment of RAPIn this activity, we assign the salary year or calendar type and period end treatment for a particular reimbursement. The Tax Code field defined in T7INT9 and eligibility amounts for pay scale grouping for allowances in T7INA9 determines the Tax exemption process, while processing the LTA claim submitted by the employee.Based on the Period end treatment configured here, the claim can be a carry forward of balance or disbursement of balance which is paid and accordingly taxed.

IMG Menu Path

SAP R/3 Role Menu Leave Travel Assistance

Transaction Code SPRO

IMG MenuImplementation Guide for R/3 Customizing (IMG) Payroll Payroll: India Reimbursements, Allowances and perks Claims Maintain Salary Year and Period end treatment

Description and Configuration Values

The following table shows the allowance grouping wise LTA details like Tax code, carry forward and the calendar type assigned to LTA claim.

135

Page 136: SAP Hr Config All

Allowance Grouping Tax code Cal Type C/F PeriodPay& Tax Wagetype

000N SLTA C 1

000R SLTA C 1

001N SLTA C 1

001R SLTA C 1

1A1N SLTA C 1

1A1R SLTA C 1

COMPANY LOANSWe make the settings in this section that are required to enter data on employer loans and to enable you to process loans.

Activate CalculationIn this step, we specify whether the data that has been stored in the Loans Infotype (0045) is to be processed in Monthly Payroll. In the standard system, loan processing is active, which means that loans

are processed in Payroll.

IMG Menu Path

SAP R/3 Role Menu Company Loans

Transaction Code SPRO

IMG MenuImplementation Guide for R/3 Customizing (IMG) Payroll Payroll: India Company Loans Activate calculation

Adjust Value DateWe have to adapt the value date for payroll to the payment date for the payroll areas.

In an enterprise, payroll is performed for salaried employees at the start of the month using payroll area. In this case, the repayment installment should reduce the interest-yielding capital on the first of every month. Payments and special payments made via payroll should also be made at the start of the month.

IMG Menu Path

136

Page 137: SAP Hr Config All

SAP R/3 Role Menu Company Loans

Transaction Code SPRO

IMG Menu Implementation Guide for R/3 Customizing (IMG) Payroll Payroll: IndiaCompany LoansAdjust Value Date

Description and Configuration Values

The following table shows the details of Payroll and Loan adjustment value period;

Payroll Area

Payroll Area TextStart Date End Date Value date

25 Payroll Area Cairn - Nationals 01.01.1900 31.12.9999Start of the Period

Master DataThe settings for master data editing in the Loans infotype (0045) are maintained in this section:

Maintain Loan TypesEmployees in the enterprise have the option of taking out different kinds of Loans.

Loans can an be loans with constant repayment (installment loans) and loans with a constant total made up of repayment and interest payment (annuity loans).

IMG Menu Path

SAP R/3 Role Menu Company Loans

Transaction Code SPRO

IMG MenuImplementation Guide for R/3 Customizing (IMG) Payroll Payroll: India Company Loans Masterdata Maintain Loan Types

Description and Configuration Values

The following are the Loan Types configured for Cairn Energy’s Payroll system after analyzing company loans requirements:

Loan Sub Type Name of the Loan

9000 Short term Loan > Rs.20,000

9001 Short term Loan < Rs.20,000

9002 Gurgaon Loan

137

Page 138: SAP Hr Config All

The details section of each Loan Type allows us to configuration the following:

The Debit Interest Rate

The Reference Interest Rate (The difference between the company interest rate and the market interest rate)

Interest Advantage calculation

Interest Calculation method

Interest cycle

HOUSING

Define Accommodation Types

The code for Housing type is defined here and then associated with a taxability code. The taxability code can be one which has been pre-defined.

The wage type corresponding to the Housing type is maintained in table V_T7INA9 against each Allowance grouping.

The tax code assigned to Housing wagetype establishes the calculation process of Housing exemption or Housing perquisite during monthly Payroll Run.IMG Menu Path

SAP R/3 Role Menu Housing

Transaction Code SPRO

IMG MenuImplementation Guide for R/3 Customizing (IMG) Payroll Payroll: India

Housing Define Accommodation Types

Description and Configuration Values

The configured Housing Types are available in Infotype HRA/CLA/COA (0581).

Following pre-configured codes for Housing Type have been configured.

HRA Type Tax Code Rent City Category Text

1 SHRA Mandatory Non-mandatory Rented Accom.

4 SHRA Hidden Hidden Own Accom.

5 SCLA Mandatory Hidden Company Leased

6 SCOA Non-mandatory Mandatory Company Owned

138

Page 139: SAP Hr Config All

Based on the chosen code for housing type in Infotype 0581, wage type default or substitution will happen in Infotype 0008.

CAR AND CONVEYANCE

Define Conveyance TypesWe define the conveyance types required for an organization after analyzing the requirements on Conveyance / Car eligibility, Allowance groupings and Tax computations.

Based on the chosen code for Conveyance type in Info type Car and Conveyance (0583), the wagetype placement or substitution will take place in Infotype Basicpay (0008).The tax codes for conveyance type will be associated with the exemptions and perquisite calculations during monthly Payroll Run.IMG Menu Path

SAP R/3 Role Menu Wage Types

Transaction Code SPRO

IMG MenuImplementation Guide for R/3 Customizing (IMG) Payroll Payroll: India Car & Conveyance Define Conveyance types

Description and Configuration Values

Following pre-configured codes for Conveyance type have been provided to Cairn Energy Payroll System. They are:

Car & Conveyance Type Text

6 Conveyance Allowance

7 Car Running Expenses(FI)

8 Other Allowance (PY)

Define Amounts & Numbers for Car SchemesIn this activity, we maintain details about the employee’s entitlement to a company-owned car. For each allowance group, we define the total value of the car and the number of cars, employees in the group is entitled to.IMG Menu Path

139

Page 140: SAP Hr Config All

SAP R/3 Role Menu Car and Conveyance

Transaction Code SPRO

IMG Menu

Implementation Guide for R/3 Customizing (IMG) Payroll Payroll: India

Car & Conveyance Define Amounts & Numbers for Car Schemes

Description and Configuration Values

The following table shows the allowance grouping wise car scheme eligibility details:

Allowance Grouping

Car Scheme

No. of Cars

Amount Limit Currency From To

2A1N 7 2 150,000.00 INR 01.01.1999 31.12.9999

2A1N 8 2 150,000.00 INR 01.01.1999 31.12.9999

2A1R 7 2 160,000.00 INR 01.01.1999 31.12.9999

2A1R 8 2 160,000.00 INR 01.01.1999 31.12.9999

2A2N 7 2 160,000.00 INR 01.01.1999 31.12.9999

2A2N 8 2 160,000.00 INR 01.01.1999 31.12.9999

2A2R 7 2 150,000.00 INR 01.01.1999 31.12.9999

2A2R 8 2 150,000.00 INR 01.01.1999 31.12.9999

2A3N 7 2 160,000.00 INR 01.01.1999 31.12.9999

2A3N 8 2 160,000.00 INR 01.01.1999 31.12.9999

2A3R 7 2 150,000.00 INR 01.01.1999 31.12.9999

2A3R 8 2 150,000.00 INR 01.01.1999 31.12.9999

2B1N 7 2 150,000.00 INR 01.01.1999 31.12.9999

2B1N 8 2 150,000.00 INR 01.01.1999 31.12.9999

2B1R 7 2 160,000.00 INR 01.01.1999 31.12.9999

2B1R 8 2 160,000.00 INR 01.01.1999 31.12.9999

2B2N 7 2 150,000.00 INR 01.01.1999 31.12.9999

2B2N 8 2 150,000.00 INR 01.01.1999 31.12.9999

2B2R 7 2 160,000.00 INR 01.01.1999 31.12.9999

2B2R 8 2 160,000.00 INR 01.01.1999 31.12.9999

140

Page 141: SAP Hr Config All

Allowance Grouping

Car Scheme

No. of Cars

Amount Limit Currency From To

2B3N 7 2 160,000.00 INR 01.01.1999 31.12.9999

2B3N 8 2 160,000.00 INR 01.01.1999 31.12.9999

2B3R 7 2 160,000.00 INR 01.01.1999 31.12.9999

2B3R 8 2 160,000.00 INR 01.01.1999 31.12.9999

2B4N 7 2 160,000.00 INR 01.01.1999 31.12.9999

2B4N 8 2 160,000.00 INR 01.01.1999 31.12.9999

2B4R 7 2 160,000.00 INR 01.01.1999 31.12.9999

2B4R 8 2 160,000.00 INR 01.01.1999 31.12.9999

2B5N 7 2 160,000.00 INR 01.01.1999 31.12.9999

2B5N 8 2 160,000.00 INR 01.01.1999 31.12.9999

2B5R 7 2 160,000.00 INR 01.01.1999 31.12.9999

2B5R 8 2 160,000.00 INR 01.01.1999 31.12.9999

2B6N 7 2 160,000.00 INR 01.01.1999 31.12.9999

2B6N 8 2 160,000.00 INR 01.01.1999 31.12.9999

2B6R 7 2 160,000.00 INR 01.01.1999 31.12.9999

2B6R 8 2 160,000.00 INR 01.01.1999 31.12.9999

2C1N 7 2 150,000.00 INR 01.01.1999 31.12.9999

2C1N 8 2 150,000.00 INR 01.01.1999 31.12.9999

2C1R 7 2 160,000.00 INR 01.01.1999 31.12.9999

2C1R 8 2 160,000.00 INR 01.01.1999 31.12.9999

2C2N 7 2 150,000.00 INR 01.01.1999 31.12.9999

2C2N 8 2 150,000.00 INR 01.01.1999 31.12.9999

2C2R 7 2 160,000.00 INR 01.01.1999 31.12.9999

2C2R 8 2 160,000.00 INR 01.01.1999 31.12.9999

2C3N 7 2 160,000.00 INR 01.01.1999 31.12.9999

141

Page 142: SAP Hr Config All

Allowance Grouping

Car Scheme

No. of Cars

Amount Limit Currency From To

2C3N 8 2 160,000.00 INR 01.01.1999 31.12.9999

2C3R 7 2 150,000.00 INR 01.01.1999 31.12.9999

2C3R 8 2 150,000.00 INR 01.01.1999 31.12.9999

2C4N 7 2 160,000.00 INR 01.01.1999 31.12.9999

2C4N 8 2 150,000.00 INR 01.01.1999 31.12.9999

2C4R 7 2 150,000.00 INR 01.01.1999 31.12.9999

2C4R 8 2 160,000.00 INR 01.01.1999 31.12.9999

2C5N 7 2 160,000.00 INR 01.01.1999 31.12.9999

2C5N 8 2 150,000.00 INR 01.01.1999 31.12.9999

2C5R 7 2 150,000.00 INR 01.01.1999 31.12.9999

2C5R 8 2 160,000.00 INR 01.01.1999 31.12.9999

2C6N 7 2 160,000.00 INR 01.01.1999 31.12.9999

2C6N 8 2 150,000.00 INR 01.01.1999 31.12.9999

2C6R 7 2 150,000.00 INR 01.01.1999 31.12.9999

2C6R 8 2 160,000.00 INR 01.01.1999 31.12.9999

2C7N 7 2 160,000.00 INR 01.01.1999 31.12.9999

2C7N 8 2 150,000.00 INR 01.01.1999 31.12.9999

2C7R 7 2 150,000.00 INR 01.01.1999 31.12.9999

2C7R 8 2 160,000.00 INR 01.01.1999 31.12.9999

3A1N 7 2 160,000.00 INR 01.01.1999 31.12.9999

3A1N 8 2 160,000.00 INR 01.01.1999 31.12.9999

3A1R 7 2 150,000.00 INR 01.01.1999 31.12.9999

3A1R 8 2 150,000.00 INR 01.01.1999 31.12.9999

3B1N 7 2 160,000.00 INR 01.01.1999 31.12.9999

3B1N 8 2 160,000.00 INR 01.01.1999 31.12.9999

3B1R 7 2 150,000.00 INR 01.01.1999 31.12.9999

142

Page 143: SAP Hr Config All

Allowance Grouping

Car Scheme

No. of Cars

Amount Limit Currency From To

3B1R 8 2 150,000.00 INR 01.01.1999 31.12.9999

3C1N 7 2 160,000.00 INR 01.01.1999 31.12.9999

3C1N 8 2 160,000.00 INR 01.01.1999 31.12.9999

3C1R 7 2 150,000.00 INR 01.01.1999 31.12.9999

3C1R 8 2 150,000.00 INR 01.01.1999 31.12.9999

Eligibility Criteria for Conveyance AllowanceWe assign Wage type and conveyance type that will be used to calculate the eligibility amounts for Conveyance Allowance.

These inputs are used to calculate the eligible amounts payable to employees who belong to the respective allowance grouping.IMG Menu Path

SAP R/3 Role Menu Car and Conveyance

Transaction Code SPRO

IMG Menu

Implementation Guide for R/3 Customizing (IMG) Payroll Payroll:

India Car & Conveyance Assign Eligibility Criteria for Conveyance Allowance

Description and Configuration Values

The eligibility amounts for Conveyance Allowance have been configured for each Allowance Grouping as shown in the following table.

Allowance Grouping

Car & Conveyance Type Wage Type From To

000N 6 1CON 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

000R 6 1CON 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

001N 6 1CON 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

001R 6 1CON 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

1A1N 6 1CON 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

1A1R 6 1CON 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

1A2N 6 1CON 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

143

Page 144: SAP Hr Config All

Allowance Grouping

Car & Conveyance Type Wage Type From To

1A2R 6 1CON 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

1A3N 6 1CON 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

1A3R 6 1CON 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

1A4N 6 1CON 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

1A4R 6 1CON 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

1A5N 6 1CON 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

1A5R 6 1CON 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

1A6N 6 1CON 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

1A6R 6 1CON 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

1A7N 6 1CON 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

1A7R 6 1CON 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

1A8N 6 1CON 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

1A8R 6 1CON 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

1B1N 6 1CON 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

1B1R 6 1CON 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

1B2N 6 1CON 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

1B2R 6 1CON 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

1B3N 6 1CON 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

1B3R 6 1CON 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

1B4N 6 1CON 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

1B4R 6 1CON 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

1B5N 6 1CON 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

1B5R 6 1CON 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

1B6N 6 1CON 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

1B6R 6 1CON 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

1B7N 6 1CON 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

144

Page 145: SAP Hr Config All

Allowance Grouping

Car & Conveyance Type Wage Type From To

1B7R 6 1CON 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

1B8N 6 1CON 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

1B8R 6 1CON 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

1B9N 6 1CON 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

1B9R 6 1CON 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

1C1N 6 1CON 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

1C1R 6 1CON 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

1C2N 6 1CON 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

1C2R 6 1CON 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

1C3N 6 1CON 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

1C3R 6 1CON 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

1C4N 6 1CON 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

1C4R 6 1CON 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

2A1N 7 2OAL 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

2A1N 8 1OAL 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

2A1R 7 2OAL 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

2A1R 8 1OAL 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

2A2N 7 2OAL 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

2A2N 8 1OAL 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

2A2R 7 2OAL 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

2A2R 8 1OAL 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

2A3N 7 2OAL 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

2A3N 8 1OAL 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

2A3R 7 2OAL 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

2A3R 8 1OAL 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

2B1N 7 2OAL 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

145

Page 146: SAP Hr Config All

Allowance Grouping

Car & Conveyance Type Wage Type From To

2B1N 8 1OAL 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

2B1R 7 2OAL 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

2B1R 8 1OAL 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

2B2N 7 2OAL 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

2B2N 8 1OAL 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

2B2R 7 2OAL 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

2B2R 8 1OAL 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

2B3N 7 2OAL 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

2B3N 8 1OAL 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

2B3R 7 2OAL 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

2B3R 8 1OAL 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

2B4N 7 2OAL 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

2B4N 8 1OAL 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

2B4R 7 2OAL 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

2B4R 8 1OAL 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

2B5N 7 2OAL 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

2B5N 8 1OAL 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

2B5R 7 2OAL 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

2B5R 8 1OAL 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

2B6N 7 2OAL 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

2B6N 8 1OAL 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

2B6R 7 2OAL 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

2B6R 8 1OAL 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

2C1N 7 2OAL 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

2C1N 8 1OAL 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

2C1R 7 2OAL 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

146

Page 147: SAP Hr Config All

Allowance Grouping

Car & Conveyance Type Wage Type From To

2C1R 8 1OAL 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

2C2N 7 2OAL 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

2C2N 8 1OAL 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

2C2R 7 2OAL 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

2C2R 8 1OAL 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

2C3N 7 2OAL 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

2C3N 8 1OAL 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

2C3R 7 2OAL 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

2C3R 8 1OAL 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

2C4N 7 2OAL 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

2C4N 8 1OAL 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

2C4R 7 2OAL 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

2C4R 8 1OAL 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

2C5N 7 2OAL 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

2C5N 8 1OAL 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

2C5R 7 2OAL 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

2C5R 8 1OAL 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

2C6N 7 2OAL 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

2C6N 8 1OAL 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

2C6R 7 2OAL 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

2C6R 8 1OAL 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

2C7N 7 2OAL 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

2C7N 8 1OAL 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

2C7R 7 2OAL 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

2C7R 8 1OAL 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

3A1N 7 2OAL 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

147

Page 148: SAP Hr Config All

Allowance Grouping

Car & Conveyance Type Wage Type From To

3A1N 8 1OAL 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

3A1R 7 2OAL 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

3A1R 8 1OAL 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

3B1N 7 2OAL 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

3B1N 8 1OAL 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

3B1R 7 2OAL 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

3B1R 8 1OAL 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

3C1N 7 2OAL 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

3C1N 8 1OAL 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

3C1R 7 2OAL 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

3C1R 8 1OAL 01.01.1900 31.12.9999

PROFESSIONAL TAX Define Professional Tax Grouping Details

The personnel area and sub area groupings for Professional Tax (PTax), which are used to group all personnel areas, and sub areas that contribute to the same professional tax circle (or) Region.IMG Menu Path

SAP R/3 Role Menu Professional Tax

Transaction Code SPRO

IMG MenuImplementation Guide for R/3 Customizing (IMG) Payroll Payroll: IndiaProfessional TaxDefine Professional Tax Grouping Details

The following table provides the details of Professional Tax Regions and the circles configured for Cairn Energy.

PT Grp.

PT Grp destination

Region

Zone no.

DivisionRegn.

Cert. No.

Office Circle name

Ptax Circle

no.End date Start date

1Vijay Wada

Region1

RGCRT0412

EAST VIJAYAWA

DA35903 31.12.9999 01.01.1800

7Chennai

Corporation22 ZN65 D002

RGCRT0709

CHENNAI CENTRAL

79894 31.12.9999 01.01.1800

148

Page 149: SAP Hr Config All

Assign PTax Groupings for PA and PSA

Professional tax groupings created in the previous step are assigned to personnel areas and Subareas.

IMG Menu Path

SAP R/3 Role Menu Professional Tax

Transaction Code SPRO

IMG Menu Implementation Guide for R/3 Customizing (IMG) Payroll Payroll: India Professional Tax Assign PTax Groupings for Personnel Areas and Subareas

Description and Configuration Values

The Personnel Area and Personnel Sub Area are grouped as mentioned in the following table with respect to Professional Tax:

Personnel Area

Personnel Area TextPersonnel Subarea

Personnel Subarea Text

PS grp. for Ptax

1 Cairn India 1 Gurgaon 0

1 Cairn India 2 S`yanam 1

1 Cairn India 3 Rajahmundry 1

1 Cairn India 4 Kakinada 1

1 Cairn India 5 Barmer 0

1 Cairn India 6 Jodhpur 0

1 Cairn India 7 Patna 0

1 Cairn India 8 Suvali 2

1 Cairn India 9 Chennai 7

3 Cairn Bangladesh 1 Cairn Bangladesh 0

Assign Amounts for Professional Deduction Professional Tax (PTax) rate is assigned to a slab code. Slabs are salary brackets as specified for a State by the respective State Government or local authority.

To assign rates to slab codes for a state, for example Gujarat, we must first define the slab code and then assign serial numbers, maximum limits and the rates.IMG Menu Path

149

Page 150: SAP Hr Config All

SAP R/3 Role Menu Professional Tax

Transaction Code SPRO

IMG Menu Implementation Guide for R/3 Customizing (IMG) Payroll Payroll: India Professional Tax Assign Amounts for Professional Tax Deduction

Description and Configuration ValuesThe following table shows the details of Professional tax slab codes and the deductible amounts for each slab.

Slab Code Sr. No Range EndProfessional

Tax amountCurrency

AP01 1 1,499.99 INR

AP01 2 1,999.99 16.00 INR

AP01 3 2,999.99 25.00 INR

AP01 4 3,999.99 35.00 INR

AP01 5 4,999.99 45.00 INR

AP01 6 5,999.99 60.00 INR

AP01 7 9,999.99 80.00 INR

AP01 8 14,999.99 100.00 INR

AP01 9 19,999.99 150.00 INR

AP01 10 9,999,999.99 200.00 INR

TN01 1 21,000.99 INR

TN01 2 30,000.99 75.00 INR

TN01 3 45,000.99 188.00 INR

TN01 4 60,000.99 390.00 INR

TN01 5 75,000.99 585.00 INR

TN01 6 9,999,999.99 810.00 INR

INR

Method and Form Layout for PTax Groupings

150

Page 151: SAP Hr Config All

In this activity, we assign the calculation method used for a slab code in a region and specify the layout of the form to be submitted, to the statutory Authorities. The form layout and the method used for calculation, refer to a time dependent entry in the HR Subroutines table.

Professional Tax deduction amount will be arrived in the Payroll Run, based on the employee assignment to Personnel Subarea and the slab code / Region code assigned to the Personnel Subarea.

IMG Menu Path

SAP R/3 Role Menu Professional Tax

Transaction Code SPRO

IMG Menu Implementation Guide for R/3 Customizing (IMG) Payroll Payroll: India Professional Tax Maintain Method and Form Layout for Professional Tax Groupings

Description and Configuration Values

The following table shows the details of Professional “Tax slab codes”assigned to the regions Andhra Pradesh and Tamil Nadu.

RegionSlab code

MethodForm

LayoutBasis Type

Type of Carry

ForwardStart date End date

01 AP01 40PTXCAP 40PTXFAP Due BasisGross Carry

forward01.01.1998 31.12.9999

22 TN01 40PTXCTN 40PTXFTN Due BasisGross Carry

forward01.01.1998 31.12.9999

INCOME TAX

Basic SettingsPersonnel Area and Subarea Groupings for Income Tax

We have to create the personnel area and sub area groupings for tax, to group employees, who belong to the same tax office circle.

In the next step we assign the groupings to the relevant personnel areas and sub areas.

IMG Menu Path

151

Page 152: SAP Hr Config All

SAP R/3 Role Menu Professional Tax

Transaction Code SPRO

IMG MenuImplementation Guide for R/3 Customizing (IMG) Payroll Payroll: IndiaTax Basic Settings Define Personnel Area and Subarea Groupings

Description and Configuration Values

The following table shows the details of Personnel Subarea groupings for Income Tax.

Tax Group TDS circle Ward No Payee Key

1 ACIT TDS CIRCLE I SALARY WARD 3(1) INPAY01

2 ACIT TDS CIRCLE I SALARY WARD 3(1) INPAY01

Assign Tax Groupings for Personnel Areas and Sub areasIn this step we assign the groupings defined in the above step to the relevant personnel areas and sub areas

IMG Menu Path

SAP R/3 Role Menu Basic Settings

Transaction Code SPRO

IMG MenuImplementation Guide for R/3 Customizing (IMG) Payroll Payroll: India Tax Basic settings Assign Tax Groupings for Personnel Areas and Subareas

Description and Configuration Values

The professional tax groupings created in the previous step are assigned to personnel areas and sub areas.

Personnel Area

Personnel Area TextPersonnel Subarea

Personnel Subarea Text

PS grp Tax

1 Cairn India 1 Gurgaon 1

1 Cairn India 2 S`yanam 1

1 Cairn India 3 Rajahmundry 1

1 Cairn India 4 Kakinada 1

1 Cairn India 5 Barmer 1

152

Page 153: SAP Hr Config All

1 Cairn India 6 Jodhpur 1

1 Cairn India 7 Patna 1

1 Cairn India 8 Suvali 1

1 Cairn India 9 Chennai 1

3 Cairn Bangladesh 1 Cairn Bangladesh 1

Maintain Feature to Return Employer Income Tax Related DataIn this feature, we set up the criteria to return the following information about the employer based on the company code:

• Employer Classification Code

• Employer Permanent Account Number (PAN)

• Employer Tax Account Number (TAN)

• Employer GIR NumberThese values are required for the purpose of reporting.

This feature returns a table with the above information as records.

IMG Menu Path

SAP R/3 Role Menu Basic Settings

Transaction Code SPRO

IMG MenuImplementation Guide for R/3 Customizing (IMG) Payroll Payroll: India Tax Basic settings Maintain Feature to Return Employer Income Tax Related Data

Third party DeductionsDetails of Section 80 and Section 80 C

Contributions or investments made under Section 80 and Section 80 C are considered as deductions from Gross Total Income (GTI) as per the limits specified by Central Government. By assigning a wage type, we ensure that the annual value of the wage type along with the entries made in Section 80 Deductions, Infotype (0585) and Section 80 C Deductions, Infotype (0586) becomes eligible for deduction from GTI for the specified sub-section / division combination.

More than one wage type can be associated with same sub-section / division combination using the sequence field.IMG Menu Path

153

Page 154: SAP Hr Config All

SAP R/3 Role Menu Third Party Deductions

Transaction Code SPRO

IMG MenuImplementation Guide for R/3 Customizing (IMG) Payroll Payroll: India Tax Third Party Deductions Configure Wage types for Section 80 and Section 80 C

Description and Configuration Values

The following are the table entries. These are SAP Standard entries.

Sub section

Division Sequence Division DescriptionWage Type

1 1 Contribution to Certain Pension Funds

2 1 Medical Insr Premium (Non-Senior Ctz)

2 1 1 Medical Insr Premium (Non-Senior Ctz)

2 2 Medical Insr Premium (Senior Citizen)

3 1 Deduction for dependent with disability

4 1

5 1 Medical Treatment

5 2 Medical Trtmnt for Senr Citizen

6 1Repayment of Interest on Loan for Higher Education

7 1 Donation to CRY

7 2 Donation to PM's Relief Fund

8 1 Deduction in respect of rent paid

9 1 Donation for Scientific/Rural Devlpmnt

10 1 Interest on Certain Securities/Dividends

10 2Interest on Certain Securities/Dividends (incl Govt Securities)

12 1 Prof Income from Foreign Sources

13 1 Remuntn recvd for services rendrd abrd

14 1 Deduction for self disability

154

Page 155: SAP Hr Config All

Details of Section 80CContributions or investments made under Section 88 are considered as rebates from the total tax payable by the employee. By assigning a wage type, we ensure that the annual value of the wage type along with the entries made in Section 88 Deductions infotype (0586) becomes eligible for rebate from tax payable otherwise for the specified investment.

More than one wage type can be associated with the same investment type by using the sequence number field.

IMG Menu Path

SAP R/3 Role Menu Third Party Deductions

Transaction Code SPRO

IMG MenuImplementation Guide for R/3 Customizing (IMG) Payroll: India Tax Third Party Deductions Configure Wage types for Section 88

Description and Configuration Values

Investment Investment Text SequenceWage Type

1 Payment towards Life Insurance Policy

2 Contribution to Superannuation Fund

3Subscription to notified Central Government security (NSS)

4 Contribution to ULIP

5Subscription to approved equity shares or debentures (Infrastructure)

6Subscription to approved mutual fund (Infrastructure)

7 Contribution to Public Provident Fund

8 Contribution to Recognised Provident Fund

9Deposit under Post Office Savings Bank(Cumulative Time Deposits) Rule1959

11Subscr to notified Central Govmt Savings certificate (NSC VIII issue)

12Contribution to notified unit linked insurance plan of LIC Mutual Fund

155

Page 156: SAP Hr Config All

Investment Investment Text SequenceWage Type

13 Contribution to provident fund as per PF Act,1925

14 Repayment of Housing loan

16 Interest on NSC VIII issue

17 Contribution to notified annuity plan of LIC

18 Subscription to notified mutual fund

19 Subscription to notified pension fund

20Subscription to notified deposit scheme of the National Housing Bank

21Subsr to dpst schm of a pblc sectr com or any constituted athry in house constrc

22Contract for a deferred annuity on life of specified persons

23 Deduction from salary for a deferred annuity

Tax liability on Reimbursements, Allowances and Perks Define Tax Codes

In this activity we define Tax Codes and describe them briefly. IMG Menu Path

SAP R/3 Role Menu Tax Liability on Reimbursements, Allowances and Perks

Transaction Code SPRO

IMG MenuImplementation Guide for R/3 Customizing (IMG) Payroll Payroll: India Tax Tax Liability on Reimbursements, Allowances and Perks Define Tax Codes

Description and Configuration ValuesThe following tax codes are in the system:

Tax Code Tax Code description

SAGA Taxation as per gratuity act

SBON Income Tax Deduction at Source for Bonus

SCAR Car maintenance Reimbursement 1

SCEA Children Education Allowance

156

Page 157: SAP Hr Config All

SCLA Company Leased Accomodation

SCNE Conveyance Act Expenditure

SCNO Conveyance Act Expenditure OTHERS

SCNV Conveyance Allowance

SCOA Company Owned Accomodation

Assign tax Code limits to Wage TypesWe assign the tax code limits, wage types and other criteria to a tax code. This value is taken into account when calculating the employees tax liabilities on certain benefits.

IMG Menu Path

SAP R/3 Role Menu Tax Liability on Reimbursements, Allowances and Perks

Transaction Code SPRO

IMG Menu

Implementation Guide for R/3 Customizing (IMG) Payroll Payroll: India Tax Tax Liability on Reimbursements, Allowances and Perks Assign Tax Code Limits to Wage Types

Description and Configuration Values

In this activity, we assign the tax code limits, wage types and other criteria to a tax code as shown in the following table. This value is taken into account when calculating the employees tax liabilities on certain benefits.

Example

Similarly, employees who claim exemption on Medical allowance (Tax code SMED) benefit from tax exemption of up to a maximum of Rs.15, 000.

These tax limits or rates and other details are used for verification during a payroll run, to calculate Tax Exemptions.

Wage Type

Tax type FrequencyExemption

LimitTax

CodeCurrency Start To

1CLATax exemption is Rule Based

0 SCLA INR 01.01.1999 31.12.9999

1CONTax exemption is Limit Based

Limit for Tax Exemption is

Monthly800 SCNV INR 01.01.1999 31.12.9999

1HRATax exemption is Rule Based

0 SHRA INR 01.01.1999 31.12.9999

1LEN Tax exemption Limit for Tax Exemption is

240,000.00 SLEA INR 01.01.1999 31.12.9999

157

Page 158: SAP Hr Config All

is Limit Based Annual

1LTATax exemption is Rule Based

0 SLTA INR 01.01.1999 31.12.9999

1OALTax exemption is Limit Based

Limit for Tax Exemption is

Monthly0 SEXM INR 01.01.1999 31.12.9999

2OALTax exemption is Limit Based

Limit for Tax Exemption is

Monthly0 SEXM INR 01.01.1999 31.12.9999

3MERTax exemption is Limit Based

Limit for Tax Exemption is

Annual0 SLEA INR 01.01.1999 31.12.9999

3TPRTax exemption is Limit Based

Limit for Tax Exemption is

Annual0 SLEA INR 01.01.1999 31.12.9999

4OALTax exemption is Limit Based

Limit for Tax Exemption is

Annual0 SLEA INR 01.01.1999 31.12.9999

PAYROLL SCHEMA AND PERSONNEL CALCULATION RULES

Payroll SchemaThe payroll schema contains calculation rules to be used by the payroll driver during payroll. SAP has developed country-specific schemas.A schema consists of Personnel Calculation Rules, Operations and Functions. A schema performs the following:

• Imports required Infotypes

• Updates the databases

• Gross calculation of pay

• Processes basic data and time data

• Reads payroll account of the last period accounted

• Processes time data and calculates the individual gross values

• Performs factoring

• Net calculation of pay

IMG Menu Path or Transaction code

SAP R/3 Role Menu Payroll Schema and Personnel Calculation Rules

Transaction Code PE01

158

Page 159: SAP Hr Config All

Description and Configuration ValuesThe following table shows the modified schema for Cairn Energy Payroll system:

Schema Text of the Schema

ZN00 Payroll Schema_Cairn Energy_ Nationals

New requirement – W.e.f. 01st Apr, 09

Requirement: In accordance with the provisions of Income Tax under u/s 10(14) read with rule 2BB, location allowance of an employee working at Barmer site is eligible for income tax exemption @ Rs. 1000 per month as “Compensatory Modified Field Area Allowance”.Solution:We planned to use INCTX function for this exemption. We have created one wage type 5LOC (Location allowance) from M200. Eligibility is getting varied from grade to grade for this allowance. (ExampleRs.5000 to 10000 per month). As per the requirement, we have to configure this wage type for exemption of Rs.1000 per month u/s 10.

In V_T7INA9, we maintained this wage type and mentioned that it is Allowance.In V_T7INT9, we mapped the Standard Tax code SLOC to the wage type 1LOC and mentioned the frequency as Monthly & Exemption amount as Rs. 1000.

In T591A, we have copied the standard subtype SEXM and named the subtype as SLOC – Generic Tax exemption and in the T7INT7, the tax code as SLOC – Generic Tax exemption.

5LOC Wage type is maintained in the Infotype 0008 & Exemption for the month April 09 in Infotype 0582 as Rs. 1100 against the subtype SLOC.

We copied annual & monthly customer specific exemption wage types MCAX & MCMX and created as 1LAX & 1LMX.

In Schema, it is maintained as INCTX SLOX 1LAX A 1LMXSince we maintained the maximum limit as Rs.1000 in V_T7INT9, System considers only Rs. 1000 but In 0582 Infotype, exemption amount entered for the month of April 09 is Rs.1100.

In May 09, we entered Rs. 300, so the system automatically projects the value and display the annual exemption as Rs.4300.Schema – ZN00

Schema ZN00 is used for Cairn energy nation employees Payroll run.

159

Page 160: SAP Hr Config All

Activate INCTX

160

Page 161: SAP Hr Config All

Copy IN71 & Create ZN71

Modifications in ZN71 as per our requirements :

161

Page 162: SAP Hr Config All

Copy wage type MCAX & MCMX and create wage type 1LAX & 1LMX

162

Page 163: SAP Hr Config All

In Table : V_T7INA9

163

Page 164: SAP Hr Config All

In Table : V_T7INT9

In Table : V_T7INT7

In Table : V_T591A

164

Page 165: SAP Hr Config All

In Infotype 0582 : Subtype SLOC is maintained

1LOC Wage type maintained Infotype 0008

165

Page 166: SAP Hr Config All

Result : Exemption is displayed u/s 10

Tax Calculation :

Income 5120000

Std. dedn. 150000

4970000

10% 150000 15000

4820000

20% 200000 40000

4620000

30% 1386000

TDS10% Sur

Edu Cess Tot Tax

1441000 144100 1585100 47553 1632653

166

Page 167: SAP Hr Config All

Income 5120000

u/s 10 Exemp 12000

5108000

Std. dedn. 150000

4958000

10% 150000 15000

4808000

20% 200000 40000

4608000

30% 1382400

TDS10% Sur

Edu Cess Tot Tax

1437400 143740 1581140 47434.2 1628574

167

Page 168: SAP Hr Config All

Last Month Exemption – April 2009 1000

Current Month Exemption – May 2009 300

Projection ( Including Current Month ) 11

Balance month including Current month 3300

Total Exemption 4300

Tax Calculation :

Income 5120000

u/s 10 Exemp 4300

5115700

Std. dedn. 150000

168

Page 169: SAP Hr Config All

4965700

10% 150000 15000

4815700

20% 200000 40000

4615700

30% 1384710

TDS10% Sur

Edu Cess Tot Tax

1439710 143971 1583681 47510.43 1631191

Personnel calculation Rules

Personnel Calculation Rule is an instruction to execute defined tasks in Time Management and Payroll. Personnel calculation rules consist of one or more operations. They have a decision tree structure.

A personnel calculation rule may contain one or more sub areas.

A personnel calculation rule is a type of work instruction that checks the existing conditions and executes individual actions.

The country-specific payroll module by SAP takes the statutory and administrative regulations of a country into account and designs the Payroll schemas and Personnel calculation rules.

IMG Menu Path or Transaction code

SAP R/3 Role Menu Payroll Schema and Personnel Calculation Rules

Transaction Code PE02

Description and Configuration Values

Since each country payroll has a modular structure, we can use the Customizing functions/Rules to quickly modify the payroll procedure to meet the particular requirements of an enterprise.

On this way, we have designed the following customer specific Personnel Calculation rules to suit the requirements of the Payroll module of Cairn Energy:

169

Page 170: SAP Hr Config All

Rule Text of the Personnel Calculation Rule

ZEDL HR-IN: Employer EDLI contrib. as 0.005% (0.01) and multiply by 1lakh

ZERC HR-IN: Employer PF/Pen contributions 1lakh division

ZNRT HR-IN: Cumulate Payments for TDS in Regular Run

ZNVT HR-IN: Voluntary tax deduction

ZPER HR-IN: Adding the Monthly Perk to Annual Perk

ZRET HR-IN: PF and PT Retro Carry forward in case of Arrears

PCR ZEDL:

PCR: ZERC:

PCR: ZNRT:

170

Page 171: SAP Hr Config All

PCR: ZNVT:

171

Page 172: SAP Hr Config All

PCR: ZRET:

172

Page 173: SAP Hr Config All

PAYROLL ORGANISATION

Period ParametersIn this step, the period parameters for payroll are defined.

Period parameter is a two-digit numerical parameter that defines the time interval for running payroll.IMG Menu Path

SAP R/3 Role Menu Payroll Organization

Transaction Code SPRO

IMG MenuImplementation Guide for R/3 Customizing (IMG) Payroll Payroll:

India Basic settings Payroll organization Define Period Parameters

Description and Configuration Values

In Cairn Energy the Payroll run is Monthly Payroll run for all the employees. We have configured the Monthly Payroll to suit the requirement as shown in the following table

Period Parameters Name Time Unit Start Date

1 Monthly 1 01.01.1990

67 Monthly - IN 1 01.04.1998

Date ModifiersThe data modifier is only a means of differentiation allowing defining different payment dates for various employee groups.

Date Modifiers defined in this step are assigned to Payroll Areas.

IMG Menu Path

173

Page 174: SAP Hr Config All

SAP R/3 Role Menu Payroll Organization

Transaction Code SPRO

IMG MenuImplementation Guide for R/3 Customizing (IMG) Payroll Payroll:

India Basic settings Payroll organization Define Date modifiers

Description and Configuration Values

The following date modifier has been configured for Cairn Energy

Date Modifier Name

00 Standard Modifier

Generate Payroll Periods The period for which payroll regularly runs. In an abstract sense, payroll period is the name given to the interval for which Payroll regularly runs, such as Weekly or monthly payroll periods.

For each period parameter that is assigned to a payroll area, the system requires the following date specifications:

• Start date and end date of each payroll period (Ex: 01.04.2007 – 31.04.2007)

• Payment date of each payroll period (Ex: Payment date for April 2007 is 30.04.2007)

IMG Menu Path

SAP R/3 Role Menu Basic Pay

Transaction Code SPRO

IMG MenuImplementation Guide for R/3 Customizing (IMG) Payroll Payroll: India Basic settingsPayroll organization Generate Payroll Periods

Description and Configuration Values

We have generated the payroll periods for the period parameters i.e. MONTHLY for the years 2006 to 2010.

The start and end dates of the periods should be the same as the start and end dates of the calendar months. The period’s payment dates should be three days before the end of the period.

The following table represents the Payroll Periods defined for Cairn Energy’s Payroll Nationals.

Payroll year

Payroll Period

Start date End datePrevious

Payroll yearPrevious Payroll

Period

2007 1 01.04.2007 30.04.2007 2006 12

2007 2 01.05.2007 31.05.2007 2007 1

174

Page 175: SAP Hr Config All

Payroll year

Payroll Period

Start date End datePrevious

Payroll yearPrevious Payroll

Period

2007 3 01.06.2007 30.06.2007 2007 2

2007 4 01.07.2007 31.07.2007 2007 3

2007 5 01.08.2007 31.08.2007 2007 4

2007 6 01.09.2007 30.09.2007 2007 5

2007 7 01.10.2007 31.10.2007 2007 6

2007 8 01.11.2007 30.11.2007 2007 7

2007 9 01.12.2007 31.12.2007 2007 8

2007 10 01.01.2008 31.01.2008 2007 9

2007 11 01.02.2008 29.02.2008 2007 10

2007 12 01.03.2008 31.03.2008 2007 11

2008 1 01.04.2008 30.04.2008 2007 12

2008 2 01.05.2008 31.05.2008 2008 1

2008 3 01.06.2008 30.06.2008 2008 2

2008 4 01.07.2008 31.07.2008 2008 3

2008 5 01.08.2008 31.08.2008 2008 4

2008 6 01.09.2008 30.09.2008 2008 5

2008 7 01.10.2008 31.10.2008 2008 6

2008 8 01.11.2008 30.11.2008 2008 7

2008 9 01.12.2008 31.12.2008 2008 8

2008 10 01.01.2009 31.01.2009 2008 9

2008 11 01.02.2009 28.02.2009 2008 10

2008 12 01.03.2009 31.03.2009 2008 11

2009 1 01.04.2009 30.04.2009 2008 12

2009 2 01.05.2009 31.05.2009 2009 1

2009 3 01.06.2009 30.06.2009 2009 2

2009 4 01.07.2009 31.07.2009 2009 3

175

Page 176: SAP Hr Config All

Payroll year

Payroll Period

Start date End datePrevious

Payroll yearPrevious Payroll

Period

2009 5 01.08.2009 31.08.2009 2009 4

2009 6 01.09.2009 30.09.2009 2009 5

2009 7 01.10.2009 31.10.2009 2009 6

2009 8 01.11.2009 30.11.2009 2009 7

2009 9 01.12.2009 31.12.2009 2009 8

2009 10 01.01.2010 31.01.2010 2009 9

2009 11 01.02.2010 28.02.2010 2009 10

2009 12 01.03.2010 31.03.2010 2009 11

2010 1 01.04.2010 30.04.2010 2009 12

2010 2 01.05.2010 31.05.2010 2010 1

2010 3 01.06.2010 30.06.2010 2010 2

2010 4 01.07.2010 31.07.2010 2010 3

2010 5 01.08.2010 31.08.2010 2010 4

2010 6 01.09.2010 30.09.2010 2010 5

2010 7 01.10.2010 31.10.2010 2010 6

2010 8 01.11.2010 30.11.2010 2010 7

2010 9 01.12.2010 31.12.2010 2010 8

2010 10 01.01.2011 31.01.2011 2010 9

2010 11 01.02.2011 28.02.2011 2010 10

2010 12 01.03.2011 31.03.2011 2010 11

2011 1 01.04.2011 30.04.2011 2010 12

2011 2 01.05.2011 31.05.2011 2011 1

2011 3 01.06.2011 30.06.2011 2011 2

2011 4 01.07.2011 31.07.2011 2011 3

2011 5 01.08.2011 31.08.2011 2011 4

2011 6 01.09.2011 30.09.2011 2011 5

176

Page 177: SAP Hr Config All

Payroll year

Payroll Period

Start date End datePrevious

Payroll yearPrevious Payroll

Period

2011 7 01.10.2011 31.10.2011 2011 6

2011 8 01.11.2011 30.11.2011 2011 7

2011 9 01.12.2011 31.12.2011 2011 8

ABAP DEVELOPMENTS

Sl. No. DescriptionTransaction

Code

1 Car running Expenses Monthly Report ZPY007

2 Car running Expenses Period end treatment Report ZPY008

3 Telephone reimbursement Period end process Report ZPY004

4 Telephone reimbursement Display claim details Report ZPY004_Disp

5 Telephone reimbursement Outstanding balance ReportZPY001_Outstan

ding

6 Medical Reimbursement Period end process Report ZPY017

7 Medical Reimbursement claim display details Report ZPY017_Disp

8 Medical Reimbursement Outstanding balance Report ZPY018

9 FHPL Monthly Report ZPY005

10 Leave encashment details Report(Display mode only) Zpy014

11 Coff encashment details Report(Display mode only) Zpy015

12 N/F Holidays History of Employee Report ZPY010_D

13 Pay register Report ZPY019

14 Generation of Allow. in lieu of Superannuation report ZPY009

15 Updation of data table (ZPY_SUPER_ANNU) ZPY009

16 Generation of Monthly Superannuation report ZPY012

17 Standard Vs Actual Reconciliation ZPY021

18 Allowance in lieu of superannuation automatic updation IT0008 ZPY026

19 Full & Final settlement Infotype updation Report ZPY020

177

Page 178: SAP Hr Config All

20 Salary Transfer ZPY016

21 Mode wise Reconciliation of Salary Disbursement Monthly Report ZPY013

22 Income Tax computation Statement ZPY024

23 Full & Final settlement Final Report ZPY023

24 Telephone Reimbursement Claim creating process ZPY001

25 Car running Expenses Claim Creation Process ZPY002

26 Salary Advance ZPY003

27 Medical Reimbursement Claim creating process ZHR007

28 Medical Reimbursement claim approval by CMO ZHR007

29 FHPL Claim creating process ZHR007

30 FHPL Claim approval by CMO ZHR007

31 LTA application process ZLTACF

32 National/Festival holidays Pay application process ZPY010

Processing Classes:

178

Page 179: SAP Hr Config All

179

Page 180: SAP Hr Config All

180

Page 181: SAP Hr Config All

181

Page 182: SAP Hr Config All

182

Page 183: SAP Hr Config All

183

Page 184: SAP Hr Config All

184

Page 185: SAP Hr Config All

185

Page 186: SAP Hr Config All

186

Page 187: SAP Hr Config All

187

Page 188: SAP Hr Config All

188

Page 189: SAP Hr Config All

189

Page 190: SAP Hr Config All

190

Page 191: SAP Hr Config All

Cumulation Classes:

1. Total gross amount

10. Net payments/Deductions

11. EPF Basis

12. ESI Basis

13. ESI Basis Nominal

14. HRA Basis

15. COA/CLA Basis

16. Gratuity Basis

17. Super anuation basis

18. Ptax Basis

19. Ptax basis Nominal

28. Leave Encashment basis

32. Monthly Exceptions

33. Annual Exceptions

39. VPF basis

40. LWF basis

Evaluation Classes:

<DS:HRDS.DSYSLO_ECDPRCV_059AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA99_3VVV>Specification 059

191

Page 192: SAP Hr Config All

PA30- Master Data:

IT-0000-Actions:

192

Page 193: SAP Hr Config All

IT-0001- Organizational Assignment

IT-0002- Personal Data:

193

Page 194: SAP Hr Config All

IT-0003- Payroll Status:

IT-0006- Address:

194

Page 195: SAP Hr Config All

IT-0007- Planned Working Time:

IT-0008-Basic pay:

195

Page 196: SAP Hr Config All

IT-0009-Bank Details:

IT-0014- Recurring payments/ Deductions:

196

Page 197: SAP Hr Config All

IT-0015 Additional Payments:

IT-0016- Contract elements:

197

Page 198: SAP Hr Config All

IT-0019 Monitoring of Tasks:

198

Page 199: SAP Hr Config All

IT-0021 Family Members/Dependence:

IT-0022 Education:

199

Page 200: SAP Hr Config All

IT-0023 Other/ Previous Employers:

IT-0031 Reference Personal Numbers:

200

Page 201: SAP Hr Config All

IT-0045- Loans:

IT-0050 Time Recording Info:

201

Page 202: SAP Hr Config All

IT-0105- Communication:

IT-0185 Personal ID’s:

202

Page 203: SAP Hr Config All

IT-0580- Previous Employment Tax Details:

203

Page 204: SAP Hr Config All

IT-0581-HRA:

IT-0582- Exceptions:

204

Page 205: SAP Hr Config All

IT-0583- Car & Conveyance:

IT-0584- Income From Other Sources:

205

Page 206: SAP Hr Config All

IT-0585- Section 80 Deductions:

IT-0586- Section 80C Deductions:

206

Page 207: SAP Hr Config All

IT-0587- PF:

207

Page 208: SAP Hr Config All

IT-0588- Other Statutory Deductions:

IT-0589- Individual Reimbursement:

208

Page 209: SAP Hr Config All

Payroll-Run:

PC00_M40_CALC_SIMU- Simulation:

209

Page 210: SAP Hr Config All

PC00_M99_PA03_RELEA- Release Payroll:

PC00_M40_CALC- Start Payroll:

210

Page 211: SAP Hr Config All

PC00_M99_PA03_CHECK- Check Results

PC00_M99_PA03_CORR- Corrections

PC00_M99_PA03_END- Exit Payroll

PC00_M40_CEDT- Remuneration Statement

211

Page 212: SAP Hr Config All

Payroll Results: T.Code: PC_payresults, PC_M40_CLSTR

212

Page 213: SAP Hr Config All

RT Table:

213

Page 214: SAP Hr Config All

CRT Table:

BT Table:

214

Page 215: SAP Hr Config All

Reporting for Posting Payroll Results to Accounting:

Employee Grouping for Account Determination:

215

Page 216: SAP Hr Config All

Define Symbolic Accounts:

Define Posting Characteristics of Wage Types:

216

Page 217: SAP Hr Config All

Other Steps:

Maintain Posting date for Payroll Periods

Create Posting Variants

Activities in AC System (Assigning Accounts)

Posting Run:

Execute Run: PC00_M99_CIPE

217

Page 218: SAP Hr Config All

Edit Run-PCP0

218

Page 219: SAP Hr Config All

Other Legal Reports:

LOANS CONFIGURATION

219

Page 220: SAP Hr Config All

Payroll >> Payroll India >> Company Loans >> Master Data >> Maintain Loan Types >> Loan Types Definition

Payroll >> Payroll India >> Company Loans >> Master Data >> Maintain Loan Types >> Country Assignment

Payroll >> Payroll India >> Company Loans >> Master Data >> Maintain Loan Types >> Technical Attributes

220

Page 221: SAP Hr Config All

Payroll >> Payroll India >> Company Loans >> Master Data >> Maintain Loan Types >> Conditions

Payroll >> Payroll India >> Company Loans >> Master Data >> Customer Pay Types >> Set up Customer Payment Types >> Define Payment Types

221

Page 222: SAP Hr Config All

Payroll >> Payroll India >> Company Loans >> Master Data >> Customer Pay Types >> Set up Customer Payment Types >> Assignment of Wage types to payment types

Payroll >> Payroll India >> Company Loans >> Master Data >> Customer Pay Types >> Control Allocation of Loans >> Adopt Feature

222

Page 223: SAP Hr Config All

Payroll >> Payroll India >> Company Loans >> Master Data >> Customer Pay Types >> Control Allocation of Loans >> Define Values

Payroll >> Payroll India >> Company Loans >> Master Data >> Customer Pay Types >> Maintain Loans Grouoping

223

Page 224: SAP Hr Config All

Payroll >> Payroll India >> Company Loans >> Master Data >> Customer Pay Types >> Maintain Salary Components

Payroll >> Payroll India >> Company Loans >> Master Data >> Customer Pay Types >> Maintain Maximum No. of Loans allowed >> Maintain Maximum No. of Loans allowed at a time (Country Grouping 40)

Payroll >> Payroll India >> Company Loans >> Master Data >> Customer Pay Types >> Maintain Maximum No. of Loans allowed >> Maintain Maximum No. of Loans allowed

224

Page 225: SAP Hr Config All

Payroll >> Payroll India >> Company Loans >> Master Data >> Customer Pay Types >> Maintain maximum amount for Loans Outstanding

Payroll >> Payroll India >> Company Loans >> Master Data >> Customer Pay Types >> Maintain Loans Eligibility Checks and Limits

Payroll >> Payroll India >> Employee Self Services >> Claims >> Reimbursement Type Settings >> Maintain Attributes of Reimbursement Types

225

Page 226: SAP Hr Config All

Payroll >> Payroll India >> Employee Self Services >> Claims >> Reimbursement Type Settings >> Define Groups for Reimbursement Types

Payroll >> Payroll India >> Employee Self Services >> Claims >> Reimbursement Type Settings >> Define Payment mode of Reimbursement Types

Payroll >> Payroll India >> Employee Self Services >> Claims >> Reimbursement Type >> Map Subtypes of Loan infotype to Reimbursement Types

226

Page 227: SAP Hr Config All

Payroll >> Payroll India >> Employee Self Services >> Loans >> Loans >> Define Number Range for Loans

227

Page 228: SAP Hr Config All

Payroll >> Payroll India >> Employee Self Services >> Loans >> Node Text Not Found >> Define Loan types and conditions (Country Grouping 40)

Payroll >> Payroll India >> Employee Self Services >> Loans >> Node Text Not Found >> Define Loan Payment Types (Country Grouping 40)

Payroll >> Payroll India >> Employee Self Services >> Loans >> Node Text Not Found >> Define Loan Re-Payment Types (Country Grouping 40)

Payroll >> Payroll India >> Employee Self Services >> Loans >> Node Text Not Found >> Map Loan Types to Approvers

228

Page 229: SAP Hr Config All

Travel Management

SCOPE OF THE DOCUMENT...............................................................106WAGE TYPE STRUCTURE...................................................................118COMPANY LOANS............................................................................136HOUSING........................................................................................138CAR AND CONVEYANCE....................................................................139PROFESSIONAL TAX.........................................................................148INCOME TAX....................................................................................151PAYROLL SCHEMA AND PERSONNEL CALCULATION RULES..................158PAYROLL ORGANISATION.................................................................173ABAP DEVELOPMENTS.....................................................................177SCOPE OF THE DOCUMENT...............................................................245SETTINGS FOR ALL USER INTERFACES...............................................246SPECIFIC SETTINGS FOR CATS REGULAR...........................................246SPECIFIC SETTINGS FOR CATS REGULAR...........................................249TIME DATA RECORDING & ADMINISTRATION......................................253CONFIGURATION STEPS:..................................................................284

Human Resources – Travel Management Configuration Scope

The Travel Management section contains the configuration details of the module. As part of business process mapping following configuration has been carried out in this module.

Define Trip Number Ranges

You have to define number ranges personnel area wise for creation of trip in this activity

Access the activity using one of the following navigation options:

IMG Menu SPRO Financial Accounting →Travel ManagementSet Up Trip Number Ranges

229

Page 230: SAP Hr Config All

Transaction Code SPRO

Define Control parameter for Travel Expenses

Define Trip Provision Variant

You have to define the trip provision variant under which all the customizing settings will be done.

Access the activity using one of the following navigation options:

IMG Menu Travel ManagementTravel ExpensesMaster Data

Control Parameters from Travel Expenses

Define/Delete/Restore Trip Provision Variants

230

Page 231: SAP Hr Config All

Transaction Code SPRO

Define Global Settings

You have to define the global settings in the trip provision variant.

Access the activity using one of the following navigation options:

IMG Menu Travel ManagementTravel ExpensesMaster Data

Control Parameters from Travel Expenses Define Global Settings

Transaction Code SPRO

231

Page 232: SAP Hr Config All

Define Control parameter for Travel DataDefine Trip Areas

You have to define the trip areas for to allow entitlement as per the area/region. But in order to suit the Business requirements, instead of defining trip country, we have used this field to define ‘Self travel – Yes or No’.

Access the activity using one of the following navigation options:

IMG Menu Travel ManagementTravel ExpensesMaster Data

Control Parameters from Trip Data Define Trip Areas

Transaction Code SPRO

232

Page 233: SAP Hr Config All

Define Trip Activity Types You have to define the various Trip Reasons in this activity

Access the activity using one of the following navigation options:

IMG Menu Travel ManagementTravel ExpensesMaster Data

Control Parameters from Travel Privileges Control Parameters from Trip Facts Define Trip Activity Types

Transaction Code SPRO

Travel Expense TypesCreate Travel Expense Types for Individual Receipts

You have to define the various Trip expense types in this activity.

Access the activity using one of the following navigation options:

IMG Menu Travel ManagementTravel ExpensesMaster DataTravel Expense TypesCreate Travel Expense Types for Individual Receipts

233

Page 234: SAP Hr Config All

Transaction Code SPRO

234

Page 235: SAP Hr Config All

Dialog and Travel Expenses ControlDefine Schema and Individual Field ControlYou have to define the screen layout for the various Trip Provision Variant in this activity.

Access the activity using one of the following navigation options:

IMG Menu Travel ManagementTravel Expenses Dialog and Travel Expenses Control Dialog Control

Define Schema and Individual Field Control

Transaction Code SPRO

235

Page 236: SAP Hr Config All

Restrict travel expense types for Trip Schemas

In this step, you assign to a trip schema those travel expense types that need to be available under that trip schema.

If you do not specify any travel expense types for a trip schema, then all expense types stored in the system apply to that trip schema.

Access the activity using one of the following navigation options:

IMG Menu 1.1.1Travel Management Travel Expenses Dialog and Travel Expenses Control Dialog Control Restrict travel expense types for Trip Schemas

Transaction Code SPRO

Field Control for Additional Receipt Information You define the field status of the additional receipt

Like

1. Required 2. Optional3. Display4. Hidden

236

Page 237: SAP Hr Config All

Access the activity using one of the following navigation options:

IMG Menu Travel Management Travel Expenses Dialog and Travel Expenses Control Dialog Control Field Control for Additional Receipt Information

Transaction Code SPRO

237

Page 238: SAP Hr Config All

Setup variable layout for Account assignment objects

In this IMG activity you define the screen layout for the account assignment objects - the selection and order of these objects. In addition you can specify the field characteristics for each of the account assignment objects.

Access the activity using one of the following navigation options:

IMG Menu Travel Management Travel Expenses Dialog and Travel Expenses Control Dialog Control Setup variable layout for Account assignment objects

Transaction Code SPRO

238

Page 239: SAP Hr Config All

Travel Expenses Control Travel Expenses Control (Expert View)

In this IMG activity, you can edit the matrix of accounting rules. For each position in the matrix, you can access documentation (F1 Help) and input help (F4 Help).

239

Page 240: SAP Hr Config All

Access the activity using one of the following navigation options:

IMG Menu Travel Management Travel Expenses Dialog and Travel Expenses Control Travel Expenses Control

Travel Expenses Control (Expert View)

Transaction Code SPRO

Wage Types for InterfacesAssign Wage Types to Travel Expense Types for Indiv. Receipts Here in this activity we assign wage type to the expense type

Access the activity using one of the following navigation options:

IMG Menu Travel Management Travel Expenses Wage Types for Interfaces Assign Wage Types to Travel Expense Types for Individual Receipts

Transaction Code SPRO

240

Page 241: SAP Hr Config All

Transfer to AccountingNumber Ranges for Posting Runs You have to provide number ranges for posting run for transfer to accounting

Access the activity using one of the following navigation options:

IMG Menu Travel Management Travel Expenses Transfer to Accounting Set Up Number Ranges for Posting Runs

Transaction Code SPRO

241

Page 242: SAP Hr Config All

Number Ranges for Trip transfer documents You have to define the number range interval for the internal assignment of trip transfer document.

Access the activity using one of the following navigation options:

IMG Menu Travel Management Travel Expenses Transfer to Accounting Set Up Number Ranges for Trip transfer document

Transaction Code SPRO

Assignment of Wage Type to Symbolic Account You have to provide a symbolic account to each wage type for transfer to accounting

Access the activity using one of the following navigation options:

IMG Menu Travel Management Travel Expenses Transfer to Accounting Define Assignment of Wage Type to Symbolic Account

Transaction Code SPRO

242

Page 243: SAP Hr Config All

Conversion of Symbolic Account to Expense Account You have to provide a symbolic account to actual expense GL and Employee Account for transfer to accounting

Access the activity using one of the following navigation options:

IMG Menu Travel Management Travel Expenses Transfer to Accounting Conversion of Symbolic Account to Expense Account

Transaction Code SPRO

243

Page 244: SAP Hr Config All

244

Page 245: SAP Hr Config All

CATS-Configuration:

SCOPE OF THE DOCUMENTThe Time Sheets document contains the configuration details of the module. As part of business process mapping following configuration has been carried out in this module.

245

Page 246: SAP Hr Config All

SETTINGS FOR ALL USER INTERFACES

Create Authorizations for data entry profilesUse

To assign users authorization for specific data entry profiles, you do not have to assign each user all the relevant profiles individually. Instead you can define profile authorization groups and use them to group data entry profiles with common attributes.

ProcedureAccess the activity using one of the following navigation options:

IMG Menu SPRO Cross Application Components > Time Sheet > Settings for all user interfaces > Authorizations > Create Authorizations for data entry profiles

Transaction Code SPRO

Result

SPECIFIC SETTINGS FOR CATS REGULAR

Setup data entry profilesUse

In this activity, you set up the Web application CATS regular for the Cross-Application Time Sheet

ProcedureAccess the activity using one of the following navigation options:

246

Page 247: SAP Hr Config All

IMG Menu SPRO Cross Application Components > Time Sheet > Specific settings for CATS regular > Record working time > Set up data entry profiles

Transaction Code SPRO

Result

247

Page 248: SAP Hr Config All

*The ‘ADMIN’ profile is without an approval procedure & changes even after approval of Time Sheets are possible.

248

Page 249: SAP Hr Config All

*The ‘EMPLOYEE’ profile is with an approval procedure & changes after approval of Time Sheets are not possible.

SPECIFIC SETTINGS FOR CATS REGULAR

Define Field SelectionUse

In this step, you decide which fields should appear on the screen when maintaining or displaying the time sheet, and also define their attributes

ProcedureAccess the activity using one of the following navigation options:

IMG Menu SPRO Cross Application Components > Time Sheet > Specific settings for CATS regular > Record working time > Define field Selection

249

Page 250: SAP Hr Config All

Transaction Code SPRO

Result

*Select Worklist & click Influencing to select a data entry profile.

250

Page 251: SAP Hr Config All

Worklist fields need to chosen for both the data entry profiles, which are ‘ADMIN’ & ‘EMPLOYEE’.

Similarly, fields for Data entry section of time sheet can be selected in the below screen.

*Select Data entry section & click Influencing to select a data entry profile.

251

Page 252: SAP Hr Config All

Data entry section fields need to chosen for both the data entry profiles, which are ‘ADMIN’ & ‘EMPLOYEE’.

252

Page 253: SAP Hr Config All

TIME DATA RECORDING & ADMINISTRATION

Define Attendance typesUse

In this step, you define attendance types for a personnel subarea grouping for attendance/absence types.

ProcedureAccess the activity using one of the following navigation options:

IMG Menu SPRO Time Management > Time data recording & Administration > Attendance/Actual working times > Define Attendance types

Transaction Code SPRO

Result

253

Page 254: SAP Hr Config All

*Attendance types represent the kind of work done by a time-writer and these attendance types would be available under the field ‘Activity type’ on ESS.

Group employee subgroups for time quotasUse

In this step, you group your employee subgroups for time quota types.

Employee subgroups for which the same attendance and absence quota types are defined are assigned to the same grouping for time quota types.

ProcedureAccess the activity using one of the following navigation options:

IMG Menu SPRO Time Management > Time data recording & Administration > Attendance/Actual working times > Attendance counting > Rules for Attendance Counting (New) > Group employee subgroups for time quotas

Transaction Code SPRO

Result

254

Page 255: SAP Hr Config All

Group Personnel subareas for time quotasUse

In this step, you group your personnel subareas with regard to the permissibility of time quota types.

Personnel subareas for which the same attendance and absence quota types are defined are assigned to the same grouping for time quota types.

ProcedureAccess the activity using one of the following navigation options:

IMG Menu SPRO Time Management > Time data recording & Administration > Attendance/Actual working times > Attendance counting > Rules for Attendance Counting (New) > Group personnel subareas for time quotas

Transaction Code SPRO

Result

255

Page 256: SAP Hr Config All

Define Counting RulesUse

In this step, you define rules for counting attendances.

ProcedureAccess the activity using one of the following navigation options:

IMG Menu SPRO Time Management > Time data recording & Administration > Attendance/Actual working times > Attendance counting > Rules for Attendance Counting (New) > Define counting rules

Transaction Code SPRO

Result

256

Page 257: SAP Hr Config All

257

Page 258: SAP Hr Config All

Assign Counting Rules to Attendance typesUse

In this step, you determine & assign the respective counting rule for attendance counting to each attendance type.

ProcedureAccess the activity using one of the following navigation options:

IMG Menu SPRO Time Management > Time data recording & Administration > Attendance/Actual working times > Attendance counting > Rules for Attendance Counting (New) > Assign counting rules to attendance types

Transaction Code SPRO

Result

Select Allowed Absence typesUse

In this section, you define the absence types that the employees are allowed to enter in CATS Regular.

To do this, deactivate / tick all the absence types that are not be entered using ESS.

ProcedureAccess the activity using one of the following navigation options:

IMG Menu SPRO Cross Application Components > Time Sheet > Specific settings for CATS regular > Record working time > Select Allowed Absence types.

258

Page 259: SAP Hr Config All

Result

Define rejection ReasonsUse

In this step, you define the rejection reasons that the person approving the data can attach to a rejected record.

We have simply created a rejection reason ‘RC-For Rejection’ with long-text functionality as active in order to enable the approver write a comment while rejecting the time entry.

ProcedureAccess the activity using one of the following navigation options:

IMG Menu SPRO Cross Application Components > Time Sheet > Settings for All User Interfaces > Approval procedure > Define rejection reasons

259

Page 260: SAP Hr Config All

Result

Personnel Development

The following standard reports are available in the Personnel Development component:

• Profile Match-up• Profiles• Find Objects• For Qualifications• For a Development Plan• For a Development Plan Item• Appraisals

Following reports can be executed for Organization unit

• Profile Match-up: Position/Holder• Profiles• Succession Overview

Training and Event ManagementTraining and Event Management offers extensive and comprehensive reporting functions. One can request a wide variety of reports for business events, resources, and attendees. One can also get reports for training and event costs, business event appraisals, attendee appraisals, or missing resources.

For attendance

• Attendee List • Attendance List • Employee list • Bookings per Attendee • Attendee's Training History • Attendance Prerequisites • Attendee's Qualifications • Prerequisites Matchup • Attendee Appraisal • Prebookings per Business Event Type • Prebookings per Attendee • Attendees to Be Rebooked • Attendance Statistics • Attendance and Sales Statistics • Cancellations per Business Event

260

Page 262: SAP Hr Config All

For business events

• Business Event Demand • Business Event Schedule • Business Event Appraisal • Business Event Hierarchy • Attendance Statistics • Business Event Brochure • Business Event Information • Business Event Dates • Resource List per Business Event • Resources Not Yet Assigned per Business Event • Material Requirements per Business Event Business Event Prices

ESS- Configuration:

Customizing Screen (PTARQ)

262

Page 263: SAP Hr Config All

Working Time – Leave Request

1) Processing Process

Step-1

i) Create a Rule Groupsii) Maintain WEBMO Feature assigning the Rule Group

263

Page 264: SAP Hr Config All

Step-2

264

Page 265: SAP Hr Config All

Step-3

i) Define Absences/Processing Processes -> This leave types will be appeared in ESS while raising the leave request.

265

Page 266: SAP Hr Config All

266

Page 267: SAP Hr Config All

267

Page 268: SAP Hr Config All

2) Layout of Web Application

Step-1

Specify how leave is displayed.

Step-2

Specify Display of Absence Quotas

268

Page 269: SAP Hr Config All

269

Page 270: SAP Hr Config All

Working Time – Record Working Time

Step-1

Setup Data Entry Profile

270

Page 271: SAP Hr Config All

271

Page 272: SAP Hr Config All

Step-2

Select the allowed absence type

272

Page 273: SAP Hr Config All

CATSDB -> CATS: Database Table for Time Sheet

Benefits and Payments -> Claims

Basic Settings

Step-1

273

Page 274: SAP Hr Config All

Perquisites: Tax Codes should already been created in Payroll

Step-2

Maintain attributes: Customized Fields for Expart Claims:

Table Name:

V_T7INFLD_OUTLK

Request Type

Reimursement Type

Customer Field Field Lable

CL Claim ECHR CUS_FLD3Payment Mode - INR/USD/GBP

CL Claim ECUB CUS_FLD2 Name of the Club

CL Claim ECUB CUS_FLD3Payment Mode - INR/USD/GBP

CL Claim ECUB CUS_FLD9 Amount Spent

CL Claim ECUB JBGDT From Date

CL Claim ECUB JENDT To Date

CL Claim EDSL CUS_FLD9 Bills Attached (Y/N)

CL Claim EGEN CUS_FLD3Payment Mode - INR/USD/GBP

CL Claim EGEN CUS_FLD9 Amount Spent

CL Claim EIDT CUS_FLD9 Bills Attached (Y/N)

CL Claim EIMU CUS_FLD3Payment Mode - INR/USD/GBP

CL Claim EIMU CUS_FLD9 Amount Spent

CL Claim EPME CUS_FLD2 Name of Membership

CL Claim EPME CUS_FLD3Payment Mode - INR/USD/GBP

CL Claim EPME CUS_FLD4 Membership Cost

CL Claim EPME JBGDT From Date

CL Claim EPME JENDT To Date

CL Claim EREF CUS_FLD3Payment Mode - INR/USD/GBP

CL Claim ERLT CUS_FLD9 Bills Attached (Y/N)

274

Page 275: SAP Hr Config All

CL Claim ERNR CUS_FLD3Payment Mode - INR/USD/GBP

CL Claim ERNR FAMSA1 Family Details

CL Claim ERNR OBJPS1 Child

CL Claim ESHC CUS_FLD3Payment Mode - INR/USD/GBP

CL Claim ESHC CUS_FLD9 Amount Spent

CL Claim ESPE CUS_FLD3Payment Mode - INR/USD/GBP

CL Claim ESPE CUS_FLD9 Bills Attached (Y/N)

CL Claim ESPR CUS_FLD3Payment Mode - INR/USD/GBP

CL Claim ESPR CUS_FLD9 Bills Attached (Y/N)

CL Claim ESUP CUS_FLD3Payment Mode - INR/USD/GBP

CL Claim ETEL CUS_FLD3Payment Mode - INR/USD/GBP

CL Claim ETEL CUS_FLD9 Amount Spent

CL Claim ETFE CUS_FLD3Payment Mode - INR/USD/GBP

CL Claim ETFE CUS_FLD6 Name of Child

CL Claim ETFE CUS_FLD9 Amount Spent

CL Claim SCLB CUS_FLD2 Name of the Club

CL Claim SCLB CUS_FLD4 Membership Cost

CL Claim SCLB CUS_FLD9 Bills Attached (Y/N)

CL Claim SCLB JBGDT From Date

CL Claim SCLB JENDT To Date

CL Claim SEDD CUS_FLD1 Course Fee

CL Claim SEDD CUS_FLD5 Name of the Course

CL Claim SEDD CUS_FLD9 Bills Attached (Y/N)

CL Claim SEDD JBGDT Course Start Date

275

Page 276: SAP Hr Config All

CL Claim SEDD JENDT Course End Date

CL Claim SEDO CUS_FLD1 Course Fee

CL Claim SEDO CUS_FLD5 Name of the Course

CL Claim SEDO CUS_FLD9 Bills Attached (Y/N)

CL Claim SEDO JBGDT Course Start Date

CL Claim SEDO JENDT Course End Date

CL Claim SGEN CUS_FLD9 Bills Attached (Y/N)

CL Claim SLTA DESTN Destination point of Journey

CL Claim SLTA FAMSA1

CL Claim SLTA JBGDT Start Date of Journey

CL Claim SLTA JENDT End Date of Journey

CL Claim SLTA OBJPS1

CL Claim SLTA STPNT Start point of Journey

CL Claim SLTA TKTNO Bills Submitted Amount

CL Claim SLTA TXEMP Tax Exemption

CL Claim SPFM CUS_FLD2 Name of Membership

CL Claim SPFM CUS_FLD4 Membership Cost

CL Claim SPFM CUS_FLD9 Bills Attached (Y/N)

CL Claim SPFM JBGDT From Date

CL Claim SPFM JENDT To Date

CL Claim STEL CUS_FLD7 Telephone No1

CL Claim STEL CUS_FLD8 Telephone No2

CL Claim STEL CUS_FLD9 Bills Attached (Y/N)

CL Claim STEL JBGDT From Date

CL Claim STEL JENDT To Date

Step-3

Maintain Approvers:

276

Page 277: SAP Hr Config All

Step-4

Define Approver Privileges:

277

Page 278: SAP Hr Config All

Step-5

Mapping approver groups to reimbursement types:

278

Page 279: SAP Hr Config All

Reimbursement Type Settings

Step-1

Maintain attributes for reimbursement types:

279

Page 280: SAP Hr Config All

Step-2

Group reimbursement types:

Step-3

Maintain payment mode for reimbursement types:

280

Page 281: SAP Hr Config All

Travel Management:

Travel Requests personalized fields on portal front end:

TRAVEL REQUEST

Field description Changed to

General Data Travel details

Start Date Start date of trip

End Date End date of trip

Planned Activity Trip type

281

Page 282: SAP Hr Config All

LocationFirst Destination

Fields removed

Time

Time

Country/Region

Estimated Costs

My Trips & Expenses Screen

Tabs kept:

All my travel requests

All my expense reports

In Edit Advances button:

Fields removed:-

Exchange rate

Amount

Accounting in

In travel services button:

Fields removed:-

Credit card information

Screen after 'review'

Fields removed:-

Summary

credit card info

282

Page 283: SAP Hr Config All

i) Travel Expense report:

EXPENSE REPORT

removed Fields in display only

Schema SelectionAll fields to be made display only

Time

Time

per-deims

Mileage

Edit Advances' - Only the button

Field descriptionChanged to

SchemaType of trip

Screen after 'Enter receipts'

Fields removed:-

Summary

credit card info

Available credit card receipts ' - Only the button

Scanned receipts' - Only the button

Screen after 'New entry'

Fields removed:-

Amount

283

Page 284: SAP Hr Config All

local currency

short info

confirmed

Origin

country/region

participants

enter participants

from - to

number

Screen after 'Review'

Fields removed:-

Entire Summary screen

CONFIGURATION STEPS:

Interface Configuration for Webdynpro Interface in Travel Management:

For ESS Settings for Travel management go to -> FITVFELD_WEB Tcode

1) Activate Request/Plan/Expense Report in Travel Manager

2) Set Up Variable Field Control via Feature TRVFD

284

Page 285: SAP Hr Config All

3) Schema and Single Field Control for Web Dynpro

Select the CN Trip Provision variant and after that ----

285

Page 286: SAP Hr Config All

286

Page 287: SAP Hr Config All

Features Used for Travel (For ESS):Form Variant for Travel Request: TRVFR

YFITP_REQUEST_FORM smart form used for travel request

Form Variant for Travel Planning: TRVFP

Form Variant for Travel Expenses: TRVFE

Travel Expense Report for ESS modifications: ZZPTRV_EXPENSE_FORM Smart Form

287

Page 288: SAP Hr Config All

5) Personal Information:

SM 30 -> Table -> V_T7XSSPERSUBTYP

Country Group

Infotype Subtypeuse case

40 2 B1

40 6 1 A1

40 6 4 A2

40 6 5 A2

40 9 0 B1

40 9 1 B3

40 9 2 B2

40 21 1 A1

40 21 2 A6

40 21 3 A4

40 21 4 A4

40 21 1 A1

40 21 2 A6

288

Page 289: SAP Hr Config All

BACKGROUND Cairn Energy India Pty. Limited is one of the leading Oil Exploration and Production Company with an

exciting growth portfolio of assets in India. The parent company Cairn Energy Plc, located in Edinburgh, Scotland is one of Europe’s largest independent Oil and Gas companies. The world class oil and gas discoveries in Rajasthan, along with existing joint venture production in Andhra Pradesh and Gujarat, have the potential to contribute significantly to India’s growing energy needs.

Scenario: Employee Self ServiceEmployee Self-Service (ESS) enables employees to create, display, and change their own data in the intranet used at their enterprise. By enabling employees to access their own data, HR processes are standardized and simplified. As a result, employees in the Human Resources Department can concentrate on other tasks of greater strategic importance.

Process Group: Process on ESSWho’s Who

This feature enables employees to search for other employees in the organization based on various parameters. The following search fields shall be made available –

Personnel Number (D) First Name, Last Name Residence Telephone Number (D for all)(M for self) Cubicle Number (D for all) Extension Number (D for all) Office Email (D for all) Mobile Number (D for all)(M for self) Company Code Employee Group (Search) Employee Sub Group (Search) Personnel Area (Search) Personnel Sub Area (Search) Position (Designation) Immediate Manager (D) Organization Unit On ESS other than employee photograph will not be displayed

WHO’S WHO ESS SCREEN:

Employee Search:

i) Who’s Whoii) Change Own Data

289

Page 290: SAP Hr Config All

Personal Informationi) Personal details

Employees access the personal details through “Personal Information” tab. The following fields shall be available –

First Name Last Name Date of birth (Display only) Marital status Marriage dateii) Address check

Employees access the address data through “Personal Information” tab. The infotype maintained in R/3 is available for maintenance. The following address types shall be available –

Permanent address Mailing address Emergency address Onsite Address Current Location

iii) Family details

Employees access the family data through “Personal Information” tab. The infotype maintained in R/3 is available for maintenance. The following relationship types shall be available –

Spouse Father Mother Son Daughter

290

Page 291: SAP Hr Config All

iv) Bank details

Employees access the family data through “Personal Information” tab. The infotype maintained in R/3 is available for maintenance. Using this link, employee can change bank key and account number. Bank key will be displayed as a label on Bank tab page. These will be only salary bank keys.

v) Other details – Link to Infotypes (Suggestion)

Infotype 0185 – Personal ID – Subtype - 4 wheeler license Infotype 0185 – Personal ID – Subtype - PAN Number Infotype 0105 – Communication ID – Subtype - Personal email id

Changes done on any infotype link will update the changes in R/3

PERSONAL INFORMATION ESS SCREEN:

Training and Event ManagementThis feature enables the employees to view the Training Calendar and make the bookings (book, cancel, rebook).

i) Training center

List of Events Find Events Book Events (Workflow is triggered) Shopping Basket

291

Page 292: SAP Hr Config All

ii) My Bookings

Display Bookings Display Status Participation Status Cancel Booking (Workflow is triggered) Appraise Event

iii) Training Feedback

Online Training Feedback link will be available on ESS, where employee can log on to the ESS and give the feedback of the Training/Course.

(The Training Feedback template for the feedback will be developed in the Backed end system)

TRAINING ESS SCREEN:

Training:

i) My Bookingsii) Business Event Catalog (Training Center)

Key Data Structurei) Booking Priority: To set up a booking priority that is specially assigned to bookings made

using ESS services for Training and Event Management.ii) Cancelation reason for employee in ESS: This enables you to store information about the

cancellationreason from table T77CAR to be used when an employee cancels an event booking in the Employee Self-Service My Bookings (transaction PV8I).

Reporting Requirementsi) Training programs attended

Travel ManagementIn the Employee Self-Service application Travel and Expenses, employees can perform the following tasks:

292

Page 293: SAP Hr Config All

Create travel requests Travel Request is sent through workflow to the relevant DOA for approval. (Workflow is

configured at the Backend system R/3) Enter travel expenses for the trip after completion of their Trip. Now the travel expense report is sent for approval to the Immediate Supervisor and one

copy goes to Finance Administrator. Any charges incurred while rescheduling / cancellation of travel are captured in the travel

expense report by the travel desk. Process trips for other employees (requires authorization for Administrator)

TRAVEL ESS SCREEN:

Travel:

i) Create Travel requestii) Crate Travel Expense report

Screen 1:

Screen 2:

293

Page 294: SAP Hr Config All

Payroll and PaymentsThis process shall be applicable to the following types of payroll reimbursements:

Reimbursement

LTA Process Club Membership Medical Reimbursement Telephone Reimbursement Remote Location Allowance Educational Assistance Professional Membership

Once an employee selects the appropriate reimbursement type, a detailed screen will open up. This will have details like – Bill date, Amount, Family members etc.

Employee fills in the necessary details and submits the claim form. This triggers a mail is sent to the concerned person/departments. Employee shall take a print of this and submit to the concerned

person/departments and send the intimation. The details of the individual payments made shall be

through payroll.

Salary Statement

If current remuneration statement to be displayed on ESS there is a standard feature available and will be displayed on ESS in PDF format. If PDF format to be changed like company logo etc to be displayed on Salary statement the “Z” development to be made in Smart forms (Z report needs to be developed separately in R/3).

Note: Developments on Claims to be discussed

PAYEMENT ESS SCREEN:

294

Page 295: SAP Hr Config All

Time & Leave ManagementLeave Request:

Any leave approval request will take place through ESS workflow. Employee has to apply for the leave (preferably in advance).

Leave balance will be displayed for information purpose, which can be used for availing leave.

All leave requests go to the superior and from UWL he/she can approve/reject the approvals.

Time Management:

Link for Time Sheet entry would be visible only to the time-writers. Working Time function enables time-writers to book their working times. Through in-built

checks, system can determine whether they have recorded sufficient working times or not (8.50 hrs / day. Mon-Fri except for weekends & holidays).

Employee would release the Time sheet and the same goes to the approver through workflow for review / rejection.

Time Sheets are deemed approved if not rejected. Relevant reports can be churned-out by Finance administrators. Employee should not be able to fill Time Sheets for anyone else apart from his own Id. Administrators to have authorization to edit time data for others.

WORKING TIME ESS SCREEN:

i) Time Management a. Record Working Time

ii) Leave Management a. Leave Requestb. Quota Overviewc. Leave Request Approver

295

Page 296: SAP Hr Config All

Key Data Structurei) Message Output to be customized

Appraisal System Process To be decided.

Standard Appraisal Template:

296

Page 297: SAP Hr Config All

Baseline Training - Payroll

297

Page 298: SAP Hr Config All

Maintenance of Payroll Masterdata

1) Basicpay Infotype 0008

STEP I

Transaction PA 30

In this screen enter OR select the personnel number in the personnel no. field, and enter 0008 or Basic pay in the info type field. Then click on the create icon on top of the screen. Then Basic pay info type screen will appear.

STEP II

In this screen enter the start date in the date field and select the pay scale group and pay scale level in the respective fields, Where the Pay scale type and pay scale area are defaulted.

Next enter in the Wage type field, Then automatically all Basic wage components will be defaulted. Enter the Direct amounts of Wage components in the amount coloum.Indirect

amounts of wage types will be defaulted automatically. Then click on the save icon.

2) Recurring payments & Deductions Info type 0014

STEP I

Transaction PA 30

298

Page 299: SAP Hr Config All

In this screen enter OR select the personnel number in the personnel no. field, and enter 0014 in the info type field. Then click on the create icon on top of the screen. Then Recurring payments & deductions info type screen will appear.

STEP II

In this Info type screen enter the start date and End date in the respective fields. Then select the wage type in the wage type field and enter the amount and unit/number in those fields. If the selected wage type is valuated indirectly the amount will be defaulted in the amount column. Then click on the save icon.

3) Additional payments Info type 0015

STEP I

Transaction PA 30

In this screen enter OR select the personnel number in the personnel no. field, and enter 0015 in the info type field. Then click on the create icon on top of the screen. Then Additional payments info type screen will appear.

299

Page 300: SAP Hr Config All

STEP II

In this Info type screen enter the wage type in the wage type field and enter the amount in the amount field. Enter the start date of the particular payment of the month in the Date of origin field. Then save the entries.

4) Housing Infotype 581

STEP I

Transaction PA 30

In this screen enter OR select the personnel number in the personnel no. field, and enter 0581 in the info type field. Then click on the create icon on top of the screen. Then Housing Infotype 0580 screen will appear.

STEP II

Enter the date in the start date filed and select the housing type. Select the City Category and enter the rent amount. Save the entries.

The system dynamically updates the Basic Pay infotype (0008), with respective wagetype and the amount based on the Housing type selected in IT581.

5) Car and Conveyance Infotype 0583

Transaction PA 30

300

Page 301: SAP Hr Config All

In this screen enter OR select the personnel number in the personnel no. field, and enter 0583 in the info type field. Then click on the create icon on top of the screen. Then car and conveyance Infotype 0583 screen will appear.

STEP II

Enter the date in the start date filed and select the conveyance type. Enter the car details if you selected Car scheme. Save the entries.

The system dynamically updates the Basic Pay infotype (0008), with respective wagetype and the amount based on the Conveyance type selected in IT583.

6) Section 80 Deductions Infotype 585

STEP I

Transaction PA 30

In this screen enter OR select the personnel number in the personnel no. field, and enter 0585 in the info type field. Then click on the create icon on top of the screen. Then Section 80 Deductions info type screen will appear.

STEP II

In this screen enter the amounts against each sub section in the proposed contribution or in the actual contribution field he contributions for the current financial year. The Limit & Tax exemptions and currency of the each contribution are defaulted. Then save the entries.

301

Page 302: SAP Hr Config All

The tax exemption is calculated during the payroll run.

7) Section 80 C Deductions Infotype 586

STEP I

Transaction PA 30

In this screen enter OR select the personnel number in the personnel no. field, and enter 0586 in the info type field. Then click on the create icon on top of the screen. Then Section 80 C deductions info type screen will appear.

STEP II

In this screen enter the amounts in the proposed investment field or in the actual investment field in respect of the contributions for the current financial year. The Limit and currency of the each investment are defaulted. Then save the entries.

The tax rebate is calculated during the payroll run.

302

Page 303: SAP Hr Config All

8) Provident fund contribution Info type 587

STEP I

Transaction PA 30

In this screen enter OR select the personnel number in the personnel no. field, and enter 0587 in the info type field. Then click on the create icon on top of the screen. Then Provident fund contribution info type screen will appear.

STEP II

In this Info type screen enter the provident fund and Pension Trust ID employee belongs to. Enter the PF Number & Pension Number of the employee in the fields. Enter the VPF % in the VPF field if the employee opted for voluntary PF contribution.

Basis of contribution is selected as PF Basis by default.

Select the check box ‘Contribution towards Pension’ and save the entries.

PF contribution will deducted from employee salary during the payroll run.

Other statutory Deductions Info type 588

Professional tax (Subtype 0003)

STEP I

303

Page 304: SAP Hr Config All

Transaction PA 30

In this screen enter OR select the personnel number in the personnel no. field, and enter 0588 in the info type field and select the subtype Professional tax in the subtype field. Then click on the create icon on top of the screen. Then other statutory deductions screen of PTax will appear.

STEP II

In this screen enter the start date of professional Tax deduction in the From Field and also select the check box ‘Eligible for PTax field’. Then click on save icon.

PTax is calculated and deducted during monthly payroll run.

Payroll Process

304

Page 305: SAP Hr Config All

Simulation (Test Run ):

Before you start the payroll run for all employees, you can run a Pay roll simulation for individual employees. To do this follow the below path. & procedure.

STEP I

From the SAP Easy Access screen, choose Human Resources Payroll Asia/Pacific India Payroll Accounting Simulation or TC PC00_M40_CALC_SIMU

Now Double click on Simulation or Select the Simulation and Enter. Then Payroll Driver, India Screen will appear.

STEP II

In this screen first enter the Payroll Area as 26 and select the current period or other period Radio button depends upon running the payroll.

Enter the personnel number and payroll area in those fields. In the schema field Schema IN00 is defaulted, change this to ZN00.

Select the Display variant remuneration statement field to show the Remuneration statement. Then click on Execute icon of the top of the screen.

STEP III

In the Display Log screen Successful Personnel numbers and Rejected Personnel numbers will be displayed. If the rejected personnel numbers are displayed, we have to correct the master data according to the error message.

To see the remuneration statement click on the Display form icon on the top of screen. Then Remuneration statement will be displayed.

Release the payroll:

STEP I

From the SAP Easy Access screen, choose Human ResourcesPayrollAsia/Pacific India Payroll Accounting Release payroll or TC PC00_M99_PA03_RELEA

STEP II

Now Double click on Release payroll or Select the Release payroll, then specify the payroll area 26 for which you want to release payroll in popup box confirm the message to continue.

Start payroll

305

Page 306: SAP Hr Config All

STEP I

From the SAP Easy Access screen, choose Human Resources Payroll Asia/Pacific India Payroll Accounting Start payroll or TC PC00_M40_CALC

Here Double click on Start payroll or Select the Start payroll and enter. Then payroll Driver, India Screen will appear.

STEP II

In this screen Payroll area, current period, schema fields are defaulted. Select the check box in the test run field.

Select the Display variant remuneration statement field to see the remuneration statement

Then click on Execute icon of the top of the screen.

STEP III

The Display Log screen will appear in the Display Log Screen. Then Select the Form Icon for Displaying the “PAY SLIP” or Remuneration statement.

STEP IV

If no errors in the Display Log, deselect the check box in the test run field and Execute the payroll again.

The payroll has been run for all P.Nos of the payroll area

Released for corrections

STEP I

From the SAP Easy Access screen, choose Human Resources Payroll Asia/Pacific India

Payroll Accounting Corrections or TC PC00_M99_PA03_CORR

STEP II

Here Double click on Corrections or Select the corrections and enter to release for corrections. Now the master data is unlocked for corrections.

Then maintain the required master data in the info types as per the errors displayed in the Display log.

Repeat the process of Release the payroll and Start payroll.

306

Page 307: SAP Hr Config All

Repeat these steps until payroll has been performed for all personnel numbers successfully without errors.

Check Results

STEP I

From the SAP Easy Access screen, choose Human Resources Human Resources Payroll India Payroll Accounting Check Results or TC PC00_M99_PA03_CHECK.

STEP II

If any errors are displayed in the payroll log after executing the payroll, then it should be corrected.

Exit payroll

STEP I

From the SAP Easy Access screen, choose Human Resources Payroll Asia/Pacific India

Payroll Accounting Exit payroll or PC00_M99_PA03_END

STEP II

‘Exit Payroll’ dialog message appears, confirm the message

When you exit payroll, payroll is finished for all the personnel numbers in the payroll area and the payroll period is complete. The personnel numbers for the payroll area can be processed again.

307

Page 308: SAP Hr Config All

Generation of Statutory Reports

PF Monthly Reports

1) Form 5 - Return of Employees qualifying for membership

STEP I

From the SAP Easy Access screen, choose Human Resources Payroll Asia/ Pacific India

Subsequent Activities Per Payroll period Legal ReportsEmployees Provident fund Form5,

Form10 & From12A or TC - PC00_M40_EPF

STEP II

Here Enter the following details:

Payroll Area. Period PF Trust ID Report Name as Form 5

Select ‘Execute’ button

2) Form 10 - Return of Members leaving the service

STEP I

From the SAP Easy Access screen, choose Human Resources Payroll Asia/ Pacific India Subsequent Activities Per Payroll period Legal ReportsEmployees Provident fund Form5, Form10 & From12A or TC - PC00_M40_EPF

STEP II

Enter the following:

Payroll Area. Period PF Trust ID Report Name as Form 10

Select ‘Execute’ button

3) Form 12A- Monthly contribution statement

STEP I

308

Page 309: SAP Hr Config All

From the SAP Easy Access screen, choose Human Resources Payroll Asia/ Pacific India Subsequent Activities Per Payroll period Legal ReportsEmployees Provident fund Form5, Form10 & From12A or TC - PC00_M40_EPF

STEP II

Enter the following:

Payroll Area. Period PF Trust ID Report Name as Form 12A

Select ‘Execute’ button

PF Annual Reports

1) Form 3A - Contribution Statement For Unexempted Establishments

STEP I

From the SAP Easy Access screen, choose Human Resources Payroll Asia/ Pacific India Subsequent Activities Annual Legal ReportsPFAnnual PF Report ( Form 3A , Form 6A ) or TC - PC00_M40_PFY

STEP II

Enter the following: Payroll Area. PF Trust ID Year Report Name FORM3A

Select ‘Execute’ button

2) Form 6A -Consolidated Contribution statement

STEP I

From the SAP Easy Access screen, choose Human Resources Payroll Asia/ Pacific India Subsequent Activities Annual Legal ReportsPFAnnual PF Report ( Form 3A , Form 6A ) or TC - PC00_M40_PFY

STEP II

Enter the following: Payroll Area. Period PF Trust ID

309

Page 310: SAP Hr Config All

Report Name as Form 6ASelect ‘Execute’ button

Pension Monthly Reports1) Form 4 - Return of Employees qualifying for membership

STEP I

From the SAP Easy Access screen, choose Human Resources Payroll Asia/ Pacific India Subsequent Activities Per Payroll period Legal ReportsPension Form4,Form5 & Form6 with Annexure for Trust wise Detls or TC - PC00_M40_EPN

STEP II

Enter the following: Payroll Area. Period PF Trust ID Report Name as Form 4

Select ‘Execute’ button

2) Form 5 -Return of Members leaving the service

STEP I

From the SAP Easy Access screen, choose Human Resources Payroll Asia/ Pacific India Subsequent Activities Per Payroll period Legal ReportsPension Form4,Form5 & Form6 with Annexure for Trust wise Detls or TC - PC00_M40_EPN

STEP II

Enter the following: Payroll Area. Period PF Trust ID Report Name as Form 5

Select ‘Execute’ button

3) Form 6 -Monthly contribution statement

STEP I

From the SAP Easy Access screen, choose Human Resources Payroll Asia/ Pacific India Subsequent Activities Per Payroll period Legal ReportsPension Form4,Form5 & Form6 with Annexure for Trust wise Detls or TC - PC00_M40_EPN

310

Page 311: SAP Hr Config All

STEP II

Enter the following: Payroll Area. Period PF Trust ID Report Name - FORM6 1995

Select ‘Execute’ button

Pension Annual Reports1) Form 7 (FPF) - Yearly Reports in Detail for Exempted Establishment

STEP I

From the SAP Easy Access screen, choose Human Resources Payroll Asia/ Pacific India Subsequent Activities Annual Legal ReportsPensionAnnual Pension Reports (Form8, Form 7 ) or TC - PC00_M40_PNY

STEP IIEnter the following: Payroll Area. PF Trust ID Year Report Name FORM 7(EPF)

Select ‘Execute’ button

2) Form 8 (FPF) -Yearly Report For Exempted Establishment - 1971/95

STEP I

From the SAP Easy Access screen, choose Human Resources PayrollAsia/ Pacific India Subsequent Activities Annual Legal ReportsPensionAnnual Pension Reports (Form8, Form 7 ) or TC - PC00_M40_PNY

STEP II

Enter the following: Payroll Area. Period PF Trust ID Report Name as Form 8(FPF)

Select ‘Execute’ button

Professional Tax Monthly Return

311

Page 312: SAP Hr Config All

STEP I

From the SAP Easy Access screen, choose Human Resources PayrollAsia/ Pacific India

Subsequent Activities Per Payroll period Legal ReportsProfessional Tax Professional Tax Reports or PC00_M40_PTX

STEP II

1) Enter the following: Payroll Area. Period PT Group State /Region

2) Select ‘Execute’ button

Form 16

STEP I

From the SAP Easy Access screen, choose Human Resources PayrollAsia/ Pacific India Subsequent Activities Annual Legal ReportsIncome Tax Form 16 or PC00_M40_F16

STEP II

1) Enter the following: Payroll Area. Company code Taxation Year Report Name FORM3A

2) Select ‘Execute’ button

Form 24

STEP I

From the SAP Easy Access screen, choose Human Resources PayrollAsia/ Pacific India Subsequent Activities Annual Legal ReportsIncome Tax Form 24 or PC00_M40_F24

STEP II

1) Enter the following: Payroll Area. Company code Taxation Year

312

Page 313: SAP Hr Config All

2) Select ‘Execute’ button

Features Used In Payroll:

ABKRS

313

Page 314: SAP Hr Config All

TARIF

314

Page 315: SAP Hr Config All

LGMST:

40EPF:

315

Page 316: SAP Hr Config All

40ECS:

40CLM:

316

Page 317: SAP Hr Config All

16EVA:

40LTR:

40SAN:

40LCM:

317

Page 318: SAP Hr Config All

40PTX:

40ECC:

OCEDT:

318

Page 319: SAP Hr Config All

ALOAN:

EDTIN:

EDPDF:

319

Page 320: SAP Hr Config All

DTAKT:

PPMOD:

NUMKR:

PINCH:

320

Page 321: SAP Hr Config All

VDSK1:

PLOGI:

SCHKZ:

TMSTA:

321

Page 322: SAP Hr Config All

QUOMO:

PFREQ:

322

Page 323: SAP Hr Config All

Monthly Payroll-Run- End User manual:

Simulation Run Payroll

We can simulate payroll for individual employees before performing the regular payroll run for all the employees in an enterprise.

If we have made any changes to an employee’s master data, which may lead to far-reaching changes in his or her payroll results, stimulation comes into play.

In this way, we can recognize sources of errors in time to make corrections before the regular payroll run.

We can even simulate payroll for individual employees at any time during the regular payroll process, in order to trace the cause of any errors.

A simulation run corresponds to a regular payroll run with the following restrictions:

• The results of a simulated payroll run are not saved on the data base. We can view and print the results in the payroll log.

• The system does not lock any master data. • The current payroll period in the payroll control record is not changed. • The steps Release payroll and Exit payroll do not apply.

Simulation of PayrollPath:-

323

Page 324: SAP Hr Config All

1. From the SAP Easy Access screen, choose Human Resources Payroll

Asia / Pacific India Payroll Accounting Payroll Simulation in the SAP menu.

Screenshot:

After entering the above details, click “Execute” button. Then, payroll schema will run payroll and displays the Payroll Log and Pay slip.

2. Enter the necessary data and choose “Execute” button.

We can access the initial screen of the payroll program.

The Test Run (No Update) indicator is set and cannot be changed.

Releasing Payroll

This is to release the Payroll Area to enable the Payroll Driver to run payroll. When we release payroll system automatically increase the payroll period by 1 from the existing payroll period.

Path:-

324

Enter Payroll Area number

25 – Payroll Area Nationals

Enter P.No, we want to run payroll.

If we do not enter P.No, payroll will run for whole Payroll Area 25; choose the period to be return.

Enter the schema “ZN00”.

This is the schema designed for Cairn Energy National Employees

Select the Variant Remuneration Statement, to view Pay slip.

This is the test Run

Page 325: SAP Hr Config All

1. From the SAP Easy Access screen, choose Human Resources Payroll Asia/Pacific India Payroll Accounting Release Payroll in the SAP menu.

Screenshot:

2. Choose Yes.

We can run payroll for this payroll area.

The system has increased the period number in the payroll control record for the payroll area by 1. The payroll control record is used to lock the personnel numbers in the payroll area for changes to the master and time data reflecting the past and present.

Start Payroll (Live Payroll)

We have released the payroll area or areas for which we want to run payroll.

Path:-

1. From the SAP Easy Access screen, choose Human Resources Payroll

Asia / Pacific India Payroll Accounting Start Payroll in the SAP menu.

We can access the selection screen of the payroll program as shown in the Step Simulation Payroll.

2. Enter the data required.

The current period indicator is set in the Payroll period group. Depending on the payroll area specified, the system reads the current period from the payroll control record.

If we flag Display log, we get a detailed payroll log after the payroll run.

325

Page 326: SAP Hr Config All

The Test run (no update) indicator must not be flagged because otherwise the system will not save the payroll results.

3. Choose Program Execute button.

The system performs payroll (usually in the background). If errors occur, we will get a list with the relevant error messages after payroll.

Use the error messages to check whether personnel numbers have been rejected or not selected.

If personnel numbers are rejected or not selected, we must not exit the payroll program. We must correct the master and time data (Infotype) for the relevant employee and finally perform a correction run.

Displaying the Payroll Log

The payroll log gives us clear and detailed information on the payroll run and its results. It is divided into different levels that we can display depending on the amount of detail required.

The General data level gives information on the processed data and shows the payroll schema used by the system.

The Successful personnel numbers and Rejected personnel numbers include processing of the schema for each personnel number

• Navigation in the log tree.

To display lower levels, click on the structure node belonging to the level that we wish to open. To display all levels behind a higher level, place the cursor on the relevant level and choose Expand.

• Old log

If we use customer functions with their own logs, we can display these logs by clicking on the Old log pushbutton.

If Payroll is running retroactively, for any employee, we can display the details of Retro Active results

326

Page 327: SAP Hr Config All

Screenshot:

Correcting Payroll-Relevant Master and Time Data

When we run payroll occurrence of in error is possible. To complete the payroll run successfully, it is necessary to correct the master data of the employee.

Path:-

1. From the SAP Easy Access screen, choose Human Resources Payroll

Asia / Pacific India Payroll Accounting Corrections in the SAP menu.

327

The Payroll log displays the sequential steps of Payroll Run

The status of Selected and Rejected P.Nos

Click here to view the Remuneration Statement

Page 328: SAP Hr Config All

Screenshot:

2. Choose Yes

The system sets the payroll status for the payroll area to Released for correction. Master and time data processing for the personnel numbers in the payroll area has been released again.

3. Choose Human resources Personnel management Administration HR master data Maintain. (PA 30)

4. Correct the relevant infotypes.

Running Payroll for Error P.Nos

Now, we have released the payroll area or areas for which we want to run payroll.

1. From the SAP Easy Access screen, choose Human Resources Payroll

Asia / Pacific India Payroll Accounting Start Payroll in the SAP menu.

We access the selection screen of the payroll program as shown in the step Simulation Payroll

2. Enter the data required.

The current period indicator is set in the Payroll period group. Depending on the payroll area specified, the system reads the current period from the payroll control record.

If we flag the Display log, we get a detailed after the payroll run

The Test run (no update) indicator must not be flagged because otherwise the system will not save the payroll results.

328

Page 329: SAP Hr Config All

3. Choose “Program Execute” button.

The system performs payroll (usually in the background). If errors occur, we will get a list with the relevant error messages after payroll.

Use the error messages to check whether personnel numbers have been rejected or not selected.

Simulating a Posting Run

We recommend that we simulate a posting run both before and after completing (Exit Payroll) payroll. In this way, we can recognize posting-relevant errors in the payroll results early on, and avoid errors when creating a live posting run.

We can repeat simulation of posting runs as often as we require, as this does not, unlike creating a live posting run, lead to the payroll results being selected.

Note: - The detailed explanation has been provided in the section posting to Accounts User Manual.

Exiting Payroll

We have made all master data corrections, have run payroll for all the employees of the Payroll Area with out errors.

Path:-

1. From the SAP Easy Access screen, choose Human Resources Payroll Asia/Pacific IndiaPayroll AccountingExit Payroll, form the SAP menu.

Screenshot:

2. Choose Yes

When we exit payroll, payroll is finished for all the personnel numbers in the payroll area and the payroll period is complete.

329

Page 330: SAP Hr Config All

If we want to exit the payroll run for several payroll areas, it is easier to use the payroll control record. To do so, proceed as when releasing several payroll areas.

If we exit payroll using the payroll control record, we can simultaneously change the earliest possible retroactive accounting period for the relevant payroll area.

As long as we have not performed the payroll run without errors, it is not suggestible to change the earliest possible retroactive accounting period. For this reason, we can only make entries in this field in the payroll control record after we have chosen End of payroll and before we save the payroll control record.

Display Payroll Results

We can use report H99_DISPLAY_PAYRESULT (Display Payroll Results) to display the payroll results for one or several personnel numbers.

Path:-

1. From the SAP Easy Access screen, choose Human Resources Payroll Asia/Pacific India utilitiesCluster display from the SAP menu.

Screenshot:

2. Enter the personnel numbers

The symbol in the Results column shows if there are results available in the selected period.

330

Double click on the line to view the details and Results tables

Page 331: SAP Hr Config All

Results exist (Green Symbol)

No results exist (Red Symbol)

We have no authorization to display results (Grey colour Symbol)

If the current personnel number is no longer selected (for example because we selected a column), we can renew the selection by choosing Update Result.

3. Overview of all the payroll results for a personnel number (cluster CU)4. Overview of Tables for a Payroll Result

We have displayed the payroll results for a personnel number. If we want to display the tables for a payroll result, select this payroll result and choose Display Overview. The system displays the overview of all tables of the payroll result that are relevant to the country of the employee, and the number of entries per table.

Remuneration Statement

In the Remuneration Statement, SAP R/3 lists amounts and information for the employee per payroll period. This includes, for example:

• Gross amount (for example, payments)

• Net amount (for example, after deductions)

• Outgoing payment (for example, bank transfer)

• Additional information (for example, organizational assignment, leave, notes to the employee)

1. We can access the Pay slip, directly while running payroll, using Payroll Driver.

2. After Payroll run and exiting the payroll run, we can generate the Remuneration Statement.

Path:

1) From the SAP Easy Access screen, choose Human Resources Payroll Asia/Pacific IndiaPayroll AccountingRemuneration Statement, from the SAP menu.

Screenshot:

331

Page 332: SAP Hr Config All

2) Enter the details as mentioned and Chose “Execute” button.The Remuneration statement will appear as shown in the following screenshot.

332

Enter Payroll Area number

25 – Payroll Area Nationals

Enter P.No, to view Payslip of one employee. Do not enter P.No, to view for entire Payroll Area 25

Page 333: SAP Hr Config All

Double-clicking on a sub-schema will take you to the maintenance screen for that schema.

Double-clicking on any of the rules (PCR's) will take you to the rule editor. You can tell the difference between sub-schemas a rules by looking at the parameters. The name of the sub-schema can be found in the Par 1 column. The main schema generally calls all the different sub-schemas. The sub-schemas will then call the payroll rules. In most cases, when a rule is called, there will be parameters in the Par 2 or Par 3 columns.

In the main, most sub-schemas are called by the "copy" command.

Schemas, rules and features in SAP use the following line editor commands. This allows you to move, delete, copy and insert lines. All the commands are entered in the area used for the line numbers. Overwrite any of the numbers with the commands shown below. For the commands using 1 letter - hit the return key once you have entered the letter. For the commands using 2 letters - hit the return key after the first 2 letters have been entered or after both sets have been entered.

The most commonly used commands are:

Line Command Description

D Deletes a line

I Inserts a line

M Moves a line

C Copies a line

DD Indicates the start of a block to be deleted

DD Indicates the end of a block to be deleted

CC Indicates the start of a block to be copied

CC Indicates the end of a block to be copied

MM Indicates the start of a block to be moved

MM Indicates the end of a block to be moved

Once you have chosen the block to move or copy, you need to show where to move or copy it to in the schema. The following commands indicate where you can copy or move the lines to.

Line Command Description

A Places the block after the chosen line

B Places the block before the chosen line

Remember when calling the PCR from the schema: GEN means that the wagetype is **** i.e. you haven't specified one and NOAB means that it will look at any EE Sub-Grouping. If you want the rule to use specific wage types or groupings, then leave either blank.

Use the print option and VAR (PAR 2) in the schema to output the variable table during processing.

Position is very important for schemas. Look to see where a similar piece of processing has taken place. If in doubt, place the rule after the similar data has been read and processed.

Commonly used Functions

333

Page 334: SAP Hr Config All

Function Description

PIT Process Input Table

PRT Process Results Table

COPY Calls a schema placed in PAR1.

BLOCK Defines the start and end of a nested node

IF/ELSE/ENDIF The schema is processed if the condition is fulfilled

Pxxx Processes the information held in infotype xxxx.

ACTIOActio calls a PCR. It is processed, irrespective of whether the wage type exists or not.

Commonly used Parameters

Parameter Description

GEN Process any wage type

9000 Processes only wage type 9000

NOAB Process for any EE sub-group groupings

1 Processes the rule only for EE sub-group grouping of 1

Payroll PCR's

Transaction Code: PE02

Menu Path:

Human Resources Payroll Europe Great Britain Tools Maintenance Tools Rules

Commonly used operations in payroll configuration

Operation Description

* This covers all the remaining entries not already specified. If you leave the line blank for the operation then the WT is dropped. Remember you always have to have an option for * in your PCR.

ADDCU Cumulates the wage type into the relevant cumulation (/101...) and valuation(/201...) wage types

ADDNA * From the IT, Number and Amt are cumulated into the OT. Blank is OT whilst E refers to the RT.

334

Page 335: SAP Hr Config All

ADDNA 4067 Current Num and Amt are added in to wage type 4067.

ADDWSE9N03 This operation is very similar to ADDWT. The only difference is that it writes the value to table V0 as well

ADDWSI* Store the current wage type in the IT.

ADDWT * Store wage type in IT/OT

ADDWT 1103 All the current values for amt, num and rte are added to the values that are currently held in wt 1103

ADDWT&T Adds the current wage type to the variable table as T - which can be used at a later stage

ADDWTA* The values in the wage type are copied to the previous employer table VAG - called in the rules XDPI, XDPR & XDPT

ADDWTC* The values in the current wage type are added into the CRT

ADDWTC/101 The values in the current wage type are added into the CRT for the technical wage type /101

ADDWTD* The values in the current wage type are added into the Difference table DT

ADDWTD/551 The values in the current wage type are added into the difference table DT for the technical wage type /551

ADDWTD/APO Add the current wage type to the difference table (DT)

ADDWTE Store amount in Results Table (RT) - difference with line below

ADDWTE* Add the current wage type to the results table RT

ADDWTE/101 Add the current wage type to the results table as /101

ADDWTH/201 Add the current wage type to the old results table (ORT) as wage type /201

ADDWTI* Add the current wage type to the input table IT

ADDWTI/101 The values in the current wage type are added into the input table IT for the technical wage type /101

ADDWTL* Add the current wage type to the results table last payroll (LRT)

ADDWTN Used in XLON

ADDWTN/LRP (Loans - XLON)

335

Page 336: SAP Hr Config All

ADDWTW Add the current wage type to the wage maintenance table

AMT- 9023 Subtract amount field from wage type 9023 from Table IT (if wage type 9023 is available.)

AMT%33.33 Multiply the amount by 33.33%

AMT%KSAPRO Multiply the amount by the value SAPRO held in table T511k

AMT-& T Amount minus the value held in variable T

AMT*-1 Amount multiplied by negative 1

AMT*12 Multiply amount by 12

AMT*KGENAU Multiply the amount by the constant GENAU held in table T511k. GENAU is used to factor up by 4 or 5 factors of 10 to avoid the issue of errors caused by rounding.

AMT-.04 Subtract 0.4 from the amount field

AMT/2 Divide the amount by 2

AMT/KGENAU Divide the amount by the factor GENAU held in the constants table T511k

AMT/KPKWPR Amount divided by the constant PKWRP held in table T511K

AMT/KZF001 Amount is divided by constant ZF001 from table T511K

AMT? * Compare the value held in the amount field for all wage types

AMT? /GPY Compare the value held in the amount field for wage type /GPY

AMT?& ZAPR Compare the value held in the amount field against the constant ZAPR

AMT?0 Compare the value held in the amount field against 0

AMT?E /167 Compare the amount against the value of the amount held in the results table RT for wage type /167

AMT?IGRUEB Compare the current amount against the limit held for the bank transfer

AMT+ /564 Add the amount from wage type /564 from the IT

AMT+ 0001 Add amount field from wage type 0001 from Table IT (if wage type 0001 is available.)

AMT+ 9013 Add amount field from wage type 9013 from Table IT (if wage type 9013 is

336

Page 337: SAP Hr Config All

available.)

AMT+& ZSAP Add the value held in the variable ZSAP to the amount for the current wage type being processed

AMT+E 910B Add the current amount to the RT and place in wage type 910B

AMT+O /ZPO Add Amt from wage type /ZPO into VORT (Summarised ORT)

AMT< /562 Checks whether the currently held amount is less that that held in the wage type /562

AMT= * This sets the amount = zero for the wage type in question

AMT= /111 Store the value in the amount field of wage type /111 in the amount field of wage type 2110

AMT= 1000 Store the value in the amount field of wage type 1000 in the amount field of wage type 2110

AMT= BETRG Let the amount equal the value held in the BETRG (amount) field for the wage type in question

AMT= PKWWR Reset the amount on wage type xxxx to that held in the value for KWWR held in T511K

AMT= PLANS Sets the amount = position number

AMT=& /426 Set the amt = amt held on technical WT /426

AMT=& TASA Reset the amount on wage type xxxx to that held in the temporary wage type TASA

AMT=0 Let the amount equal zero

AMT=A * The amount is set to the value held in the table VAG - previous employee data

AMT=E * Lets the Amt = the Amt held for the current wage type in the RT

AMT=E /167 Lets the Amt = the Amt held for technical wage type /167 in the RT

AMT=KSAPLR Set the amount = the value SAPLR held in table T511k

AMT=L * Lets the Amt = the Amt held for the current wage type in the LRT - last result table

AMT=L /561 Lets the Amt = the Amt held for the wage type /561 in the LRT - last result table

AMT=N /LBB Add the amount value in technical loan wage type /LBB (loan balance) to

337

Page 338: SAP Hr Config All

specific loan balance wage type

AMT=N /LOP Add the amount value in technical loan wage type /LOP (loan payment) to specific loan payment wage type

AMT=N /LRP Add the amount value in technical loan wage type /LRP (loan repayment) to specific loan repayment wage type

AMT=Q /GPY Lets the Amt = the Amt held for the wage type /561 in the OCRT - old cumulative result table

AMT=ZERO Reduce the value in the amount field to zero

AMT>* "Maximum formation: The greater value of * and the current value of the AMT field is determined and written to the current AMT field."

AMT-1 Multiply the amount by -1 - I think this should be subtract 1 from the amt

AMT50 If the amount field value is smaller than 50, it is retained. Otherwise it is set at 50 (forming a minimum amount).

AMT-E /167 Subtract the Amt value held in the RT for /167 from the currently stored amount

AMT-K43301 Take the value held against payroll constant 43301 from the annual salary

AMT-O /167 Subtract the Amt value held in the ORT for /167 from the currently stored amount

AMT-R 9019 Amt for the current wage type less the value held in the RT for 9019 (Results wage types using exact splits)

AMTS /564 Subtraction to zero - the value cannot be less than zero.

AMTS* Subtraction to 0 (not negative) for the current wage type

AMTS* 9013 Subtraction to 0 (not negative). Current wage type less 9013

AMTSE 9043 Subtraction to 0 (not negative). Current wage type less Amt held in the RT for wage type 9043

BTREC /558

"Sets the recipient data for bank transfers. Can only be run after bank transfer data has been read from an infotype. Data on wage type and amount are transferred from the current fields (OT) and retained in the transfer table together with data on the recipient of the record last read."

CMPER 0510 Compares the current amount with that held for period 10 in year 05.

D Expect a decision in this line

D AMT?0 The amount field value is compared with 0, and the result ('>', '=' or '<') is

338

Page 339: SAP Hr Config All

placed in the variable key.

D VWTCL 01 Make a decision on processing class 01

DIVID ANR Divide the amount by the number and store the result in the rate field

DIVID ARA Divide the value in amount field by the value in the rate field and put the result in the amount field

DIVID ARR Divide the amount by the rate and store the answer in the rate for the wagetype

DIVID NRN Divide the number by the rate and store the answer in the number field

ELIMI * Eliminate all splits

ELIMI A Eliminate splits - work center period (WPBP)

ELIMI K Eliminate splits - cost accounting

ELIMI KTX Eliminate the splits for cost accounting, alternative payments and variable assignment

ELIMI R Eliminate splits - employee sub-group grouping for PCRs

ELIMI T Eliminate splits - alternative payments (ALP)

ELIMI U Eliminate splits - bank transfer (BT)

ELIMI X Eliminate splits - variable assignment

ELIMI Y Eliminate splits - absence assignment

ELIMI Z Eliminate splits - time unit

ERROR Processing terminates for the current employee

FILLF A Restore the original values for the amount - i.e. The values that were held for the amount field in the WT before any processing in this rule

FILLF N Restore the original values for the number - i.e. The values that were held for the number field in the WT before any processing in this rule

FILLF NRA Restore the original values for the number, rate and amount - i.e. The values that were held for the number, rate and amount fields in the WT before any processing in this rule

FILLF R Restore the original values for the rate - i.e. The values that were held in the WT before any processing in this rule

339

Page 340: SAP Hr Config All

GBVRT "GB specific processing of AWE operation GB specific operation to overwrite the average RATE of wage type /MAE in table RT in case of a retro calculation."

GCY ZUM2 Call PCR ZUM2

GCYGXALQ Calls PCR XALQ for all wage types - sets wage type to ****

GEWRT Elimination of WPBP split in the RT

GSXP2 New Changes Across End of Year solution active for GBSXP phase 2

GSXPD Check on Implementation Date of AVERA for SxP AWE. Called in GG70 and ensures that the old and new technical wage types for averages don't both exist.

LRTST Y Evaluates the status of the LRT table. Processing is only continued if the previous month falls in the current year.

MEANV 01 Calculation of averages for 01 (from table T511A)

MEANVG03 Calcualation of averages for 03 (from table T511A) - not sure what the G implies

MESSGxxxxx Can use a 5 character message. Comes up whether the log is turned on or off. Can be used as a customised error message.

MODIF 1=02 Sets the modifier for Wage type generation (T510S) to 02 as the employee grouping

MODIF 2=01 Sets the modifier for Constant valuations (T510J) to 01 as the employee grouping

MODIF A=01 Sets the modifier for the absence valuation rule (T544C) to 01

MULTI ANN Multiply the amount by the number and store as the number field for the wage type

MULTI NRA Multiply the value in number field by the value in the rate field and put the result in the amount field

NEXTR Process the next line. Placing an * in the last column in the operation column has the same effect as "nextr". Remember to put a letter or number in the next line under the NL column.

NEXTR A Continuation line. A...Z followed by 0...9 Don't forget to put in the letter following the NEXTR in the continuation line of the next line.

NEXTR B Continuation line. A...Z followed by 0...9 Don't forget to put in the letter

340

Page 341: SAP Hr Config All

following the NEXTR in the continuation line of the next line.

NUM* BSGRD Multiply the value in the number field by the value held against the capacity utilization level on infotype 0008

NUM*1.5 Multiply the value in the number field by 1.5

NUM/100 Divide the value in the number field by 100

NUM?0 Test the value in the number field against 0

NUM+ 3710 Add the value in the number field of wage type 3710 to the number field in the WT being processed

NUM+& ZNIL Adds the number held in the temporary variable ZNIL to the currently held value for the number

NUM+39 Add a value of 39 to the number field

NUM+C 3000 Add to the NUM value from wage type 3000 held in the CRT table - to the NUM value of the WT being processed

NUM+E /852 Adds the number held in technical wage type /852 to the currently held value for the number

NUM+TSAP** Adds the number from the partial period parameter for the paid absence measured in working hours for xx is the sum of all paid absences (totalled over all classes)

NUM= 3000 Set the current NUM to the value held in wage type 3000

NUM= ANZHL Transfers the value of the ANZHL field to the number field.

NUM= BWGRL Sets the number equal to the valuation basis per hour

NUM= EMPCT NUM = Capacity utilization level from P0007 (called record layout fields in SAP Help)

NUM= PLANS Sets the number equal to the position number of the employee

NUM= STDAZ Sets the number equal to the number of hours taken from IT 0007

NUM=& ZSHF Sets the number equal to the number held in the temporary variable ZSHF

NUM=0 Set the number field to zero

NUM=39 Store 39 in the number field

NUM=BJRSTD Sets the number equal to the position number of the employee

341

Page 342: SAP Hr Config All

NUM=BTGSTD Sets the number equal to the daily hours worked by the employee

NUM=BWOSTD Sets the number equal to the weekly hours worked by the employee

NUM=E /SSP Set the NUM = the value of /SSP held in the results table

NUM=GSDIVP Sets the number equal to the working hours for the employee for the entire payroll period

NUM=GSSOLL Set the number = planned working time measured in working hours taken from the work schedule rule

NUM=TSAU** See part period parameter help (function PARTT)

NUM=TSAX** See part period parameter help (function PARTT)

NUM=TSDIVI See part period parameter help (function PARTT)

NUM=WOSTD See part period parameter help (function PARTT)

NUM=YCURPP Set the NUM = current payroll period (?)

NUM-51 Reduce the hours held in the number field by 51

NUM-E /845 Take away the number for technical wage type /845 held in the RT from the currently held number

NUM-TSDIVP Current value in the number field less the total working time measured in working hours taken from the total working time in payroll accounting period

OPIND Evaluates operation indicator - used immediately after a database record has been read. Multiplies by -1.

OUTWPABART Load Work Center and Basic Pay Data - payroll area

OUTWPCTYMO Load Work Center and Basic Pay Data - country modifier

OUTWPPAYSB Decide which payroll accounting area the employee is in

OUTWPPERSB Load Work Center and Basic Pay Data - employee sub-group

OUTWPPERSG Load Work Center and Basic Pay Data - employee group

OUTWPPLANT Load Work Center and Basic Pay Data - personnel area

OUTWPPLTSC Load Work Center and Basic Pay Data - personnel sub-area

342

Page 343: SAP Hr Config All

OUTWPSHIFT Load Work Center and Basic Pay Data - shift indicator

OUTWPTRFAR Load Work Center and Basic Pay Data - pay scale type

OUTWPWWEEK Load Work Center and Basic Pay Data - working week from IT 0007

PCY X05D* Runs PCR X05D for all employee subgroup groupings

PCY X93B Runs PCR X93B

PPPAR A Reads part period parameters: leavers during payroll period

PPPAR B Reads part period parameters: paid absences during payroll period

PPPAR E Reads part period parameters: new joiners during payroll period

PPPAR F Reads part period parameters: leavers on the first day of the next payroll period

PPPAR P Reads part period parameters: if the time unit for the payroll area is different to the time unit for the pay scale type and area

PPPAR R Reads part period parameters: is the employee is in an active work centre?

PPPAR S Reads part period parameters: basic pay changes during payroll period

PPPAR U Reads part period parameters: for unpaid absences in the period

PRINT Prints the IT

PRINT& WTG Prints WTG from the variable table

PRINTC Prints the contents of the CRT

PRINTE Prints the contents of the RT

PRINTL Prints out the contents of the old results table (LRT)

PRINTO Prints the summarised ORT (VORT)

R Employee work centre is inactive, therefore do nothing

R51P1?10N You want to know if there is an entry in table T51P1 with indicator 10 for the current IT wage type. If an entry is found, processing should be continued.

R51P1=01R You want to read the entry in table T51P1 with indicator 01 for the current IT wage type, and store it in the OT table. If an entry is found it should be rejected

R51P6A "Operation R51P6 reads an entry from table T51P6. This table determines the characteristics of the deduction wage types. The value of the arrears

343

Page 344: SAP Hr Config All

characteristic should be placed in the variable key."

RE510T Read Pay Scale Table - group and level

RESET * Sets the splits back up again - has the opposite effect to the ELIMI * operation.

RESET 1 Resets the first national split (/SI)

RESET AR Resets the amount and the rate - is the opposite of ELIMI. Reset * - resets all the split indicators. Give the meaning of all the other variables elsewhere in the document.

RESET KR Resets the cost accounting and employee subgroup grouping values

RESET R Resets R - is the opposite of ELIMI - resets the employee subgroup groupings for the employee

RETRO Checks if the payroll run is a retroactive accounting run

ROUND Rounds off the AMT field - see SAP help for specifics

ROUND 005 Rounds the AMT field up so that it is divisible by 005

ROUND +100 Rounds the AMT field to the next available number

ROUNDA Rounds off the NUM field - see SAP help for specifics

ROUNDB Rounds off the RTE field - see SAP help for specifics

ROUNDG Rounds off the AMT field - see SAP help for specifics

RTE%33.33 Multiply the value held in the rate by 33.33% - so effectively multiply by .3333

RTE-& HALF Subtract the value held in the constant HALF from the rate

RTE* BSGRD Multiply the value held in the rate by the capacity utilization level field on infotype 0008

RTE*-1 Multiply the rate by negative 1 - effectively switch the sign for the value

RTE*100 Multiply percentage held in rate field by 100

RTE*KGENAU Multiply the rate by the constant GENAU held in table T511k

RTE*KGENAU Multiply the value in the rate field by the payroll constant GENAU (10,000).

RTE/100 Rate divide by 100

RTE/GKDIVI RTE/ total working time in calendar days

344

Page 345: SAP Hr Config All

RTE/TADIVI RTE/ total working time in working days

RTE/TASOLL RTE/ planned working time measured in work days

RTE/TKDIVI RTE/ Total working time measured in calendar days

RTE/TSDIVI Divide the value in the rate field by the worked hours for pay period being processed.

RTE/TSDIVP RTE/ total working time measured in working hours

RTE?& VLBS Check to see how the current rate compares against the value held in the temporary variable VLBS

RTE?0 Check to see how the current rate compares against a value of zero

RTE+ 1001 Adds the rate held in wage type 1001 to the currently held rate

RTE+& MM Adds the rate held in the variable MM to the currently held rate

RTE+* Adds the current rate to the IT

RTE+100.00 Adds a value of 100 to the currently held rate

RTE+BBETRG Add the amount from table to the currently held rate

RTE+TKAU10 Add the unpaid absences measured in calendar days for counting class 10 from table T554C

RTE= 1001 Set the rate equal to the value held in the rate field for wage type 1001

RTE= BETRG Set the rate equal to the amount

RTE= BSGRD Set the rate equal to the capacity utilization level held on infotype 0008

RTE= BWGRL Sets the rate equal to the valuation basis per hour

RTE=& AB Sets the rate equal to the value held in the temporary variable AB

RTE=0 Set the rate field to zero

RTE=10000 Store 10000 in the rate field of wage type xxxx

RTE=BBETRG Set the rate equal to the amount pulled from the table

RTE=BWOSTD Sets the RTE equal to the weekly hours worked by the employee

345

Page 346: SAP Hr Config All

RTE=GKSOLL Set the rate as the planned calendar days

RTE=K30551 Store the value held against payroll constant 30551 in table T511 in the rate field of wage type xxxx

RTE=KGENAU RTE set to the value of GENAU from table T511K (default set at 10 000)

RTE=TADIVP RTE = Total working time measured in working days

RTE=TASOLL RTE = planned working time measured in work days

RTE=TKDIVI RTE = Total working time measured in calendar days

RTE=TKSOLL Store the planned calendar days in the rate field of the wage type being processed

RTE=TSAU07 RTE = unpaid absence measured in working hours for counting class 07

RTE=TSDIVP RTE = total working time measured in working hours

RTE=TSSOLL RTE = planned working time measured in working hours

RTE=ZERO Reduce the value in the amount field to zero

RTE-GKAU** Rate subtract the part period unpaid absences in calendar days for all unpaid absences (totalled over all absence counting classes)

RTE-TAAU** Rate subtract the part period unpaid absences in working days for all unpaid absences (totalled over all absence counting classes)

RTE-TKAU** Take away any unpaid absence, in calendar days, from the current rate (totalled over all absence counting classes)

RTE-TKAU20 Take away any unpaid absence, in calendar days, from the current rate (for absence counting class 20)

RTE-TSAU** Take away any unpaid absence, in worked hours, from the currently held rate (totalled over all absence counting classes)

SCOND=F IF The condition for function IF is false

SCOND=T AL Set condition for Function LPBEG when the condition is true

SCOND=T IF The condition for function IF is true

SCOND=T IF The condition for function IF is true

SETIN A=01 Set the work center - basic pay split for the wage type as 01

346

Page 347: SAP Hr Config All

SETIN R=1 Set the ESG for PCR as 1

SETIN X=NX You want to set X with number 01 as a variable split; the number of the split is to be increased by 1 by every call.

STATU 2P Status field 2 which is valid at the start of the in-period is entered in the variable key.

SUBRC?SET The return code set in the second example must be evaluated.

SUBRC=0 The internal return code is set to the value 0

SUBWT * Subtracts the current wage type - effectively changing the sign of the NRA.

SUBWT 1025 Subtracts the current wage type (signs change) and stores it as 1025.

SUBWT&ZREG Subtracts the current wage type and stores it as a temporary variable ZREG.

SUBWTD* Subtracts the current wage type (sign change) of the NRA in the difference table (DT)

SUBWTD/551 Subtracts the current wage type and stores it in the difference table (DT) as a temporary variable ZREG.

SUBWTE Flicks the sign for NRA of the currently processed wage type and stores it in the RT

SUBWTE* Subtracts the current wage type (sign change) of the NRA and stores in the results table (RT)

SUBWTE/121 Flicks the sign for NRA of the currently processed wage type and stores it in the RT as technical wage type /121

SUBWTI* Flicks the sign for NRA of the currently processed wage type and stores it in the input table (IT)

SUBWTI/101 Flicks the sign for NRA of the currently processed wage type and stores it in the input table (IT) as technical wage type /101

TABLE 503 Table query on employee groupings / areas

TABLE 508A Table query on shifts / time groups

TABLE 510P Table query on premium table

TABLE 512W Table query on valuation of wage types

TABLE 528B Table query on positions table in PA

347

Page 348: SAP Hr Config All

TABLEALP Table query on the Alternative Payments table

TABLEP0014 Table query on data held in infotype 0014 - recurring payments and deductions

TABLEP0015 Table query on data held in infotype 0015 - additional payments

VAKEYALZNR Place in the variable key - Y/N alternative payment

VAKEYAUFKZ Place in the variable key - extra pay indicator for overtime

VAKEYBNKSA Place in the variable key - variable keys are held in a certain table

VAKEYBNKSA Place in the variable key - type of bank details P0009

VAKEYLGART Store in the variable key the wage type

VAKEYLNCLS Place in the variable key - loan type

VAKEYLNTPY Place in the variable key - loan type P0045

VAKEYLNTYP Place in the variable key - loan type P0045

VAKEYPAYTY Place in the variable key - payroll type

VAKEYPRAKN Place in the variable key - premium indicator time ITs

VAKEYTGRLE Place in the variable key - variable key is filled out based on the values in the TRFGR and TRFST fields from the current PZ record

VAKEYVERSL Place in the variable key - clearing key for overtime

VAKEYZEINH Place in the variable key - time unit

VAKEYZLSCH Place in the variable key - payment key for bank transfers

VALBS? The system checks to see whether a valuation base exists

VALBS?0 The system checks if a valuation basis is for the current wage type in table T512W. (That the "0" line of view V_T512_B is read).

VALBS0 The current wage type is evaluated with the valuation basis that is entered for the current wage type itself. (That is, the "0" line of view V_512W_B).

VALBS0 *

The system multiplies an entry that already exists in the RTE field for the current wage type with the percentage rate from a line 0 of view V_512W and then replaces the wage type names of the current wage type with the name of the wage type from the same line in V_512W.

VALBS0 B Same as VALBS0 * with the exception that the data from infotype 2010 is used.

348

Page 349: SAP Hr Config All

VALBS1 Replaces the current wage type with the statement wage type that is entered in table T512W for the second wage type derived from the current wage type, and then you want to valuate this using the corresponding valuation basis.

VALEN 2 Sets the length of the variable key to 2

VALEN 3 Sets the length of the variable key to 3

VAOFF 2 Variable offset - set here to 2. The system with then ignores the first 2 digits.

VARGBINDBW Place the table field "indicator for indirect valuation" in the variable key

VARGBPRAKN Place the table field "premium number" in the variable key

VARGBTRFKZ Place the table field "ES grouping for collective agreement provision" in the variable key

VWTCL 64 Interrogate processing class 64

WGTYP? Usually part of a decision - where the wage type is queried

WGTYP=* Passes through the wage type as unchanged

WPALL?LAST Decide if employee has had a pay change in pay period & if the one being processed is the last

WPBPC Operation WPBPC distributes the amount of the current wage type to the active WPBP periods in the payroll period.

WPBPCW This operation splits the amounts but does not distribute them to the different periods

Z Expect to call another PCR in this line

ZERO= AN Sets the AMT and NUM to zero

ZERO= RNA Set the values for the rate, number and amount equal to zero

ZERO=& ABCD Initialises the variable ABCD

ZERO=NRA Sets the NUM RTE and AMT to zero

Wishing to retrieve previous payroll period results to be used in a PCR?

You can do so by using the operation IMPRE with parameter NN (NN periods before current payroll period). Also have a look at the documentation of IMPRE.

349

Page 350: SAP Hr Config All

An example in using this operation is as follows (reading the period 6 months ago):

D ZERO = NRA IMPRE 6 SUBRC?IMP *

0 AMT = O 1001SETIN A=01SETIN R=3 ZERO= NR ADDWTI1001

350

Page 351: SAP Hr Config All

351

Page 352: SAP Hr Config All

352

Page 353: SAP Hr Config All

353

Page 354: SAP Hr Config All

354

Page 355: SAP Hr Config All

355

Page 356: SAP Hr Config All

356

Page 357: SAP Hr Config All

357

Page 358: SAP Hr Config All

358

Page 359: SAP Hr Config All

359

Page 360: SAP Hr Config All

360

Page 361: SAP Hr Config All

361

Page 362: SAP Hr Config All

362

Page 363: SAP Hr Config All

363

Page 364: SAP Hr Config All

364

Page 365: SAP Hr Config All

365

Page 366: SAP Hr Config All

366

Page 367: SAP Hr Config All

367

Page 368: SAP Hr Config All

368

Page 369: SAP Hr Config All

369

Page 370: SAP Hr Config All

Customized- SCHEMA’S:

INAL:

370

Page 371: SAP Hr Config All

INAP:

INEI:

INLN:

371

Page 372: SAP Hr Config All

YNC0:

372

Page 373: SAP Hr Config All

ZNNC:

373

Page 374: SAP Hr Config All

SAP Overview

1. Explain the structure of the client/server framework.

2. Project Implementation Tools

1. What is the IMG?

2. What is a project IMG?

3. Basics of Human Resources

1. What are the most important processes supported in Human Resources (HR)?

2. What are the most important structures in HR?

3. What is meant by Employee Self-Service?

4. What ways are there to select an Infotype?

5. How do you hire a new employee?

6. Which steps make up the payroll process?

7. Why is there a cross-application time sheet?

What are the possible target components?

8. What is the purpose of time evaluation?

9. Which reporting tools do you know of?

10. How is the recruitment component integrated with the other HR components?

11. What is an applicant action?

12. What is the difference between qualifications and requirements?

13. What is the difference between career planning and succession planning?

What is a development plan?

14. Describe the day-to-day activities in Training and Event Management.

15. What is the appraisal system component used for?

16. What are the main functions of Compensation Management?

17. What personnel cost planning methods are there in SAP HR?

18. Which Infotypes do you need to implement Travel Management?

374

Page 375: SAP Hr Config All

4. Organizational Management

1. What are plan versions used for?

2. What are the basic object types?

3. What is the difference between a job and a position?

4. What is the difference between an organizational unit and a work center?

5. Where can you maintain relationships between objects?

6. What are the main areas of the Organization and Staffing user interfaces?

7. What is Expert Mode used for?

8. Can you create cost centers in Expert Mode?

9. Can you assign people to jobs in Expert Mode?

10. Can you use the organizational structure to create a matrix organization?

11. In general structure maintenance, is it possible to represent the legal entity of

organizational units?

12. What is the Object Infotype (1000) used for?

13. What is the Relationships Infotype (1001) used for?

14. Which status can Infotypes in the Organizational Management component have?

15. What is an evaluation path?

16. What is Managers Desktop used for?

17. Is it possible to set up new evaluation paths in Customizing?

18. Which situations require new evaluation paths?

19. How do you set up integration between Personnel Administration and Organizational

Management?

5. Master Data

1. Which elements make up the enterprise structure?

2. Which elements make up the personnel structure?

375

Page 376: SAP Hr Config All

3. Which elements make up the organizational structure?

4. Which criteria play a role in establishing these structures?

5. Which control features are controlled using the personnel subarea?

6. Which control features are controlled using the employee subgroup?

7. What is a payroll area?

8. What is an Infotype?

9. Which criteria determine payroll areas?

10. What is the organizational key used for?

11. In which Infotype are administrators defined?

12. Why are administrators defined?

13. What can features be used for?

14. What is the connection between Planned Working Time (Infotype 7) and Basic Pay

(Infotype 8)?

15. Which ways are there to define default values for the pay scale area and pay scale type? 16. What is the employee subgroup grouping for collective agreement provisions used for? 17. Where are pay scale groups and pay scale levels defined?

18. How are wage types created in the SAP R/3 system?

19. Can all wage types be entered into all Infotypes?

20. What does the input permissibility of a wage type depend upon?

21. What is the personnel subarea grouping for primary wage types used for?

22. What is the employee subgroup grouping for primary wage types used for?

23. What ways are there to valuate wage types? Where are wage type valuations defined? 24. How can you evaluate wage types indirectly?

25. How can you define default wage types for the Basic Pay Infotype?

26. What ways are there to perform pay scale reassignments?

27. What ways are there to perform standard pay increases?

28. What is the difference between the simple and extended pay increases?

29. Can several personnel actions be performed on the same day?

30. What is the Additional Actions Infotype used for?

376

Page 377: SAP Hr Config All

31. If an employee leaves the enterprise, are all Infotypes delimited?

32. Which control options do you have for Customizing when configuring Infotypes?

33. Can a screen in HR data consist of several Infotypes?

34. Which ways are there to modify screens in Customizing?

35. What is an Infotype menu and what is its purpose?

36. What is an info group? What is a personnel action?

37. How can a personnel action change the status feature of an employee in Infotype 0000? 38. How are personnel actions and dynamic actions linked?

6. Authorizations

1. What is a role and what is it made up of?

2. How are the authorizations in a role maintained?

3. Are authorization objects or profiles assigned to users?

4. Which authorization object can you use to control an employee’s access to his or her own

personal data?

5. What are the main advantages of the Profile Generator?

6. Can roles and their authorization profiles be assigned to a user for a limited time period?

7. How do you create structural profiles?

7. Payroll

1. How does the system know when to trigger retroactive accounting for a particular

employee?

2. How is the earliest retroactive accounting date determined for an employee?

3. What is the payroll control record used for?

4. Is the exact date of the payroll period for an employee determined by the payroll area or

the payroll control record?

5. What activities are possible when the payroll control record is set to “Released for Payroll”? 6. Is it possible to branch directly from the payroll log to master data and time data

maintenance?

7. What is Matchcode W used for?

377

Page 378: SAP Hr Config All

8. What effect does grouping employee subgroups have on personnel calculation rules?

9. Can you evaluate payroll results using SAP Query/Ad Hoc Query?

10. What steps are required to post payroll results to Accounting?

11. Can a posting run be deleted?

12. Where do you specify whether an employee is paid in cash or whether the money is

transferred to a bank account?

8. Time Data

1. What are the basic concepts for recording time data?

2. What steps are required to set up work schedules?

3. Can you define your own public holidays?

4. How do you define which public holiday calendar is valid for an employee?

5. Which characteristics does a public holiday class blank have?

6. Is there an employee subgroup grouping for daily work schedules?

7. What is a variant of a daily work schedule?

8. Is there an employee subgroup grouping for time quotas?

9. What ways are there to define breaks within a break schedule?

10. Which characteristics does a daily work schedule with daily work schedule class 1 have? 11. Which elements make up a period work schedule?

12. Which characteristic does a day with day type 1 have?

13. Which ways are there of representing part-time work in the SAP R/3 system?

14. Which ways are there of representing substitutions in the SAP R/3 system?

15. What is the difference between absences (Infotype 2001) and attendances (Infotype

2002)?

16. What is an absence quota? Give examples.

17. What is the difference between a validity interval and a deduction interval for time quotas? 18. You need to deduct an absence from a quota. Which Customizing settings are required? 19. Should a quota be assigned directly to an absence?

20. What is the remuneration Infotype used for?

21. What are counting rules used for?

378

Page 379: SAP Hr Config All

22. Can you set up default values to create absence quotas?

23. Can you generate absence quotas?

24. What is the schema TQTA used for?

25. What ways are there of entering information for Controlling when recording time data in

the Time Management Infotypes?

9. Reporting in Human Resources Management

1. Which reporting tools are available in Human Resources Management?

2. Is the Business Information Warehouse part of the SAP R/3 system?

3. What is HIS?

4. Where do you find standard reports in HR?

5. Can you also evaluate cross-client data with standard reports?

6. Can customer-specific reports be incorporated in the Managers Desktop?

7. What is a logical database used for?

8. Which logical databases exist in HR?

9. What is a user group, what is an infoset and how are the two related?

10. What is a field group? Give examples from HR.

11. What are selection and output fields?

12. What can an Ad Hoc Query be used for?

13. What are the steps for configuring an SAP Query?

14. What are payroll Infotypes used for?

379

Page 380: SAP Hr Config All

E-Recruitment Configuration Guide

Contents

Contents: .......................................................................................................... 1 Organizational Management ................................................................................. 1

OVERALL ORGANISATION STRUCTURE ........................................................ 3 PERSONAL DATA ..................................................................................... 20

Family/Related Person (Infotype 0021) ................................................................ 22 Addresses (Infotype 0006) ................................................................................ 23 Identification (Infotype 0185) ............................................................................. 24

Contractual and Corporate Agreements ....................................................... 25 Contract Elements (Infotype 0016) ..................................................................... 25

Evaluation Basis ...................................................................................... 26 Monitoring of Task (Infotype 0019) ..................................................................... 26

Employee Qualifications ............................................................................ 29 Education (Infotype 0022) ................................................................................. 29 Other/Previous Employers (Infotype 0023) ........................................................... 31

Communication ....................................................................................... 33 Communication (Infotype 0105) ......................................................................... 33

Customizing procedures ........................................................................... 35 Actions ............................................................................................................ 35

Workforce Requirements and Advertising .................................................... 48 Applicant Administration ........................................................................... 51

Applicant Structure ........................................................................................... 52 Applicant Selection ................................................................................... 55

Applicant Activities ............................................................................................ 55 Public Holiday Calendar ............................................................................. 65

Create Public Holiday Calendar ........................................................................... 65 Assign Public Holiday Calendars to Locations ........................................................ 70

Work Schedules ....................................................................................... 71 Personnel Subarea Groupings ............................................................................. 71 Daily Work Schedules ........................................................................................ 73 Period Work Schedules ...................................................................................... 75 Work Schedule Rules and Work Schedules ........................................................... 78 Planned Working Time ....................................................................................... 82

Time Data Recording and Administration ..................................................... 84 Absence Catalog .............................................................................................. 84 Absence Counting ............................................................................................. 88

Managing Time Accounts Using Attendance/Absence Quotas .......................... 96 Setting Groupings for Time Quotas ..................................................................... 96 Time Quota Types ............................................................................................ 98

SCOPE OF THE DOCUMENT...............................................................1061.1 Payroll Module Configuration Scope ...................................................... 106 Pay Scale Type ...................................................................................... 113 Pay Scale Area ....................................................................................... 114

380

Page 381: SAP Hr Config All

Assign Pay Scale Structure to Enterprise Structure ..................................... 114 WAGE TYPE STRUCTURE...................................................................118

Wage types for Basic Pay Infotype (0008) ................................................ 118 Create / Copy wage types ................................................................................ 118 Check Wage Type Text ..................................................................................... 119 Check Entry Permissibility per Infotype .............................................................. 120 Employee Sub Group Grouping For Primary Wage Types ...................................... 120 Wage Type Permissibility .................................................................................. 121 Check Wage Type Characteristics ...................................................................... 122 Valuation of Wagetypes ................................................................................... 124

Wagetypes for Infotype 0014 ................................................................... 125 Create/Copy Wagetypes .................................................................................. 125 Permissibility of Wage Types for Infotype 0014 ................................................... 126

Wage types for Infotype 0015 .................................................................. 128 Create / Copy Wage Types ............................................................................... 128 Permissibility of Wage Types for Infotype 0015 ................................................... 129

Assign Pay Scale Groupings for Allowances ................................................ 131 Maintain Default Wage Types for Basic Pay ................................................ 132 Assign Wage type Model for Pay Scale Grouping For Allowances .................. 133 Eligibility for RAPs ................................................................................. 134 Maintain Salary Year and Period End Treatment of RAP ................................ 135

COMPANY LOANS............................................................................136 Activate Calculation ................................................................................ 136 Adjust Value Date .................................................................................. 136 Master Data .......................................................................................... 137

Maintain Loan Types ....................................................................................... 137 HOUSING........................................................................................138

Define Accommodation Types .................................................................. 138 CAR AND CONVEYANCE....................................................................139

Define Conveyance Types ........................................................................ 139 Define Amounts & Numbers for Car Schemes ............................................. 139 Eligibility Criteria for Conveyance Allowance .............................................. 143

PROFESSIONAL TAX.........................................................................148 Define Professional Tax Grouping Details ................................................ 148 Assign PTax Groupings for PA and PSA .................................................... 149 Assign Amounts for Professional Deduction .............................................. 149 Method and Form Layout for PTax Groupings ............................................. 150

INCOME TAX....................................................................................151 Basic Settings ........................................................................................ 151

Personnel Area and Subarea Groupings for Income Tax ........................................ 151 Assign Tax Groupings for Personnel Areas and Sub areas ..................................... 152 Maintain Feature to Return Employer Income Tax Related Data ............................. 153

Third party Deductions ........................................................................... 153 Details of Section 80 and Section 80 C ............................................................... 153 Details of Section 80C ...................................................................................... 155

Tax liability on Reimbursements, Allowances and Perks ............................. 156 Define Tax Codes ............................................................................................ 156 Assign tax Code limits to Wage Types ................................................................ 157

PAYROLL SCHEMA AND PERSONNEL CALCULATION RULES..................158 Payroll Schema ..................................................................................... 158

381

Page 382: SAP Hr Config All

Personnel calculation Rules ..................................................................... 169 PAYROLL ORGANISATION.................................................................173

Period Parameters .................................................................................. 173 Date Modifiers ....................................................................................... 173 Generate Payroll Periods ........................................................................ 174

ABAP DEVELOPMENTS.....................................................................177 Human Resources – Travel Management Configuration Scope ...................... 229 Define Trip Number Ranges ..................................................................... 229 Define Control parameter for Travel Expenses ............................................ 230

Define Trip Provision Variant ............................................................................. 230 Define Global Settings ..................................................................................... 231

Define Control parameter for Travel Data .................................................. 232 Define Trip Areas ............................................................................................ 232 ..................................................................................................................... 233 Define Trip Activity Types ............................................................................. 233 You have to define the various Trip Reasons in this activity .................................. 233

Travel Expense Types ............................................................................. 233 Create Travel Expense Types for Individual Receipts ............................................ 233

Dialog and Travel Expenses Control .......................................................... 235 Define Schema and Individual Field Control ........................................................ 235 You have to define the screen layout for the various Trip Provision Variant in this activity. .......................................................................................................... 235 Restrict travel expense types for Trip Schemas ................................................... 236 1.1.1 Travel Management Travel Expenses Dialog and Travel Expenses Control Dialog Control Restrict travel expense types for Trip Schemas ............................. 236 Field Control for Additional Receipt Information .................................................. 236 You define the field status of the additional receipt ............................................. 236 Setup variable layout for Account assignment objects .......................................... 238 ..................................................................................................................... 239

Travel Expenses Control .......................................................................... 239 Wage Types for Interfaces ....................................................................... 240

Assign Wage Types to Travel Expense Types for Indiv. Receipts ........................... 240 Here in this activity we assign wage type to the expense type .............................. 240

Transfer to Accounting ............................................................................ 241 Number Ranges for Posting Runs ..................................................................... 241 You have to provide number ranges for posting run for transfer to accounting ........ 241 Number Ranges for Trip transfer documents ...................................................... 242 You have to define the number range interval for the internal assignment of trip transfer document. ........................................................................................... 242 Assignment of Wage Type to Symbolic Account .................................................. 242 You have to provide a symbolic account to each wage type for transfer to accounting ...................................................................................................................... 242 Conversion of Symbolic Account to Expense Account .......................................... 243 You have to provide a symbolic account to actual expense GL and Employee Account for transfer to accounting .................................................................................. 243 ..................................................................................................................... 244

SCOPE OF THE DOCUMENT...............................................................245SETTINGS FOR ALL USER INTERFACES...............................................246

Create Authorizations for data entry profiles .............................................. 246 Use ...................................................................................................... 246 Procedure ............................................................................................. 246

382

Page 383: SAP Hr Config All

Result ................................................................................................... 246 SPECIFIC SETTINGS FOR CATS REGULAR...........................................246

Setup data entry profiles ......................................................................... 246 Use ...................................................................................................... 246 Procedure ............................................................................................. 246 Result ................................................................................................... 247

SPECIFIC SETTINGS FOR CATS REGULAR...........................................249 Define Field Selection ............................................................................. 249 Use ...................................................................................................... 249 Procedure ............................................................................................. 249 Result ................................................................................................... 250

TIME DATA RECORDING & ADMINISTRATION......................................253 Define Attendance types ......................................................................... 253 Use ...................................................................................................... 253 Procedure ............................................................................................. 253 Result ................................................................................................... 253 Group employee subgroups for time quotas ............................................... 254 Use ...................................................................................................... 254 Procedure ............................................................................................. 254 Result ................................................................................................... 254 Group Personnel subareas for time quotas ................................................. 255 Use ...................................................................................................... 255 Procedure ............................................................................................ 255 Result ................................................................................................... 255 Define Counting Rules ............................................................................. 256 Use ...................................................................................................... 256 Procedure ............................................................................................ 256 Result ................................................................................................... 256 Assign Counting Rules to Attendance types ................................................ 258 Use ...................................................................................................... 258 Procedure ............................................................................................ 258 Result ................................................................................................... 258 Select Allowed Absence types .................................................................. 258 Use ...................................................................................................... 258 Procedure ............................................................................................. 258 Result ................................................................................................... 259 Define rejection Reasons ......................................................................... 259 Use ...................................................................................................... 259 Procedure ............................................................................................. 259 Result ................................................................................................... 260

Training and Event Management ....................................................................... 260 CONFIGURATION STEPS:..................................................................284

Interface Configuration for Webdynpro Interface in Travel Management: ....... 284 Features Used for Travel (For ESS): .......................................................... 287 BACKGROUND ...................................................................................... 289 Scenario: Employee Self Service ............................................................. 289 Process Group: Process on ESS ................................................................ 289

Who’s Who ..................................................................................................... 289

383

Page 384: SAP Hr Config All

Personal Information ....................................................................................... 290 Training and Event Management ....................................................................... 291 Travel Management ......................................................................................... 292 Payroll and Payments ...................................................................................... 294 Time & Leave Management ............................................................................... 295 Appraisal System ............................................................................................ 296 1.1.2 1. System Prerequisites ............................................................................ 385 1.1.3 . User Administration ................................................................................ 387 1.1.4 3. Business Partner Configuration .............................................................. 393 1.1.5 4. Workflow Configuration ......................................................................... 403 1.1.6 5. Search Engine Configuration .................................................................. 409 1.1.7 5. Periodic services .................................................................................. 420 1.1.8 6. SAP ECC Integration ............................................................................. 423 1.1.9 7. Basic Settings ...................................................................................... 427 1.1.10 8. Talent Warehouse ............................................................................... 434 1.1.11 9. Applicant Tracking .............................................................................. 459 1.1.12 10. Requisition Management ................................................................... 475 1.1.13 11. Additional Tools .............................................................................. 481 1.1.14 12. ICM (Internet Communication Manager) Tasks ..................................... 484

384

Page 385: SAP Hr Config All

1.1.2 1. System Prerequisites

1.1. Required Components

• Software Component ERECRUIT 604

• SAP NetWeaver 7.0, Enhancement Package 1o Enterprise Portalo TREX 7.00.48.00 or higher.

Alternately, TREX 7.10 can be used from EhP4 onwards.

TREX 7.10 does not support Oracle platform, supports only Linux and Windows based systems.

o ADS (Adobe Document Server) – for certain functionality such as data Overviewso SAP NetWeaver Virus Scan Interface (NW-VSI) compatible software, optionalo Adobe Forms 8.1

• ERP 6.0 EhP4 (Manager Involvement)

1.2. Latest versions of ERecruiting

• Install Enhancement Package 4,

• Activate Business Function HCM, SAP E-Recruiting 2 - HCM_ERC_CI_2 (Transaction SWF5).

Pre-requisite for business function HCM_ERC_CI_2:

1. Activate business function HCM, SAP E-Recruiting 1- HCM_ERC_CI_12. Activate business function HCM, SAP E-Recruiting Search Functions 1 - HCM_ERC_SES_1

1.3. Portal Content for SAP EhP4 for SAP ERP 6.0

Business Package Name Software Component Version Role

BP for Recruiter BP ERP RECRUITER 1.40 Recruiter

BP for E-Recruiting Admin. BP ERP RECRUITING ADMIN 1.40 E-Recruiting Administrator

385

Page 386: SAP Hr Config All

• To install portal content (Business Packages) for E-Recruiting, you must install the following product instances and software components.

• Product instance SAP NW - EP Core is required as a basis. As part of SAP ERP 6.0 SAP NW – EP Core based on SAP NetWeaver 7.0 – Usage Type Application Server Java. As of enhancement package 4 for SAP ERP, the usage type is available on enhancement package 1 for SAP NetWeaver.

• Always refer to the latest version of the Master Guide - SAP enhancement package 4 for SAP ERP 6.0 which contains important information about the installation sequence and the components to be installed. It links to all other documents that are required for the implementation of a specific scenario. (http://service.sap.com/erp-inst)

386

Page 387: SAP Hr Config All

1.1.3 . User Administration

IMG Path : SPRO -> SAP E-Recruiting -> Technical Settings -> User Administration

Description: This IMG activity is used for creation and maintenance of ERecruiting specific users, roles and

User categories. The logical sequence is –

- Creation of authorization profiles/roles- Creation of ERecruiting specific special users- Assignment of authorization profiles to reference users- Assignment of reference users to each ERecruiting end user in SU01.- Optionally, grouping the internal end users in user categories.

2.1. Creation of Authorisation Profiles

IMG Path : SPRO -> SAP E-Recruiting -> Technical Settings -> User Administration -> Create User Profiles

Transaction: PFCG

All ERecruiting specific standard roles have prefix as “SAP_RCF”.

Copy the standard roles provided by SAP to custom roles. This is done to keep the standard roles untouched and refer at a later stage in case of issues in the custom roles.

We have configured the roles with prefix as “ZER”.

387

Page 388: SAP Hr Config All

We are using roles ZER_RECRUITER_EHP4 and ZER_BUSINESS_ADMIN_EHP4 for recruiter and administrator respectively instead of roles ZER_BUSINESS_ADMINISTRATOR and ZER_RECRUITER which become obsolete on activation of WebDynpro versions in EhP4.

2.2. Creation of Special users

IMG Path : SPRO -> SAP E-Recruiting -> Technical Settings -> User Administration -> Create Special Users

Transaction: SU01

Users can be grouped in 3 categories:

1. Reference users2. Communication Users3. Service Users4. System users

Reference users are used as templates for assigning security authorizations. They are not dialog users but are assigned to dialog users. The dialog users inherit all authorizations of the assigned reference user.

Communication users are used for remote communication between 2 systems. These are not dialog users and must be used purely for communication purposes in the system.

In ERecruiting framework, communication users are used for connecting ERecruiting system and the Content Server.

Service Users enables system access for unnamed users. In e-recruiting these are used for unregistered candidates (e.g., RCF_UNREG). Certain BSP/Webdynpro services are accessible to candidates who are not registered applicants. For such services, the service user RCF_UNREG is assigned against username in transaction SICF. This eliminates the need to key in username password when the service is instantiated on the internet.

System Users

System users are required during the execution of specific SAP processes. ERecruiting requires system users in the form of workflow user WF-BATCH. All background workflow tasks are executed using the WF-BATCH id.

388

Page 389: SAP Hr Config All

Special users do not exist in the standard system. They need to be created.

Reference User User Type Role to be assigned Role Description

RCF_ADMIN Reference ZER_BUSINESS_ADMIN_EHP4 Administrator

RCF_CONTENT Communication ZER_CONTENT_SERVER Access to Search Engine

RCF_CAND_EXT Reference ZER_EXTERNAL_CANDIDATE External Candidate

RCF_CAND_INT Reference ZER_INTERNAL_CANDIDATE Internal Candidate

RCF_MANAGER Reference ZER_MANAGER Manager

RCF_RECRUIT Reference ZER_RECRUITER_EHP4 Recruiter

RCF_REQUEST Reference ZER_REQUISITION_REQUESTER Requester (not used)

RCF_TC Reference ZER_TALENT_CONSULTANT Talent Consultant (not used)

RCF_UNREG Service ZER_UNREGISTERED_CANDIDATE Unregistered Candidate

Creation of Sample Reference User RCF_CAND_INT is shown below:

Go to SU01, enter RCF_CAND_INT in User field and click the New icon.

Enter the required details.

389

Page 390: SAP Hr Config All

Select the User Type as “Reference”. Also enter the password.

For reference users, once the password is set, it shows a “Deactivated” status as shown below:

Assign the custom internal candidate role created in the above step.

390

Page 391: SAP Hr Config All

Similarly, create other reference users.

2.3. Define Roles in ERecruiting

IMG Path : SPRO -> SAP E-Recruiting -> Technical Settings -> User Administration -> Create Special Users

View: T77RCF_ROLE

Here we map the special users against the user categories to be used.

391

Page 392: SAP Hr Config All

The reference users need to have exactly same name as above. In case of a requirement which demands a different reference username, the names in the “Reference User” column should be updated accordingly.

392

Page 393: SAP Hr Config All

1.1.4 3. Business Partner Configuration

The component SAP Business Partner enables you to create and manage business partners centrally. You can create a business partner in different business partner roles, and during the course of the business relationship the business partner can assume other business partner roles. No new data has to be created each time, meaning that redundant data creation and retention is avoided, and there can be no inconsistencies.

In E-Recruiting, the Business Partner concept is used for maintaining personal data of all entities involved (candidates -> employees -> candidates) and for the addresses of the various branches of your company.

IMG Path: SPRO -> IMG ->Cross Application Components -> SAP Business Partner

393

Page 394: SAP Hr Config All

3.1. Define Business Partner Roles

IMG Path : SPRO -> Cross-Application Components -> SAP Business Partner -> Business Partner -> Basic

Settings -> Business Partner Roles -> Define BP Roles

View Cluster: BUPA_TB003

Description : In this IMG activity, you define business partner roles and its attributes. These attributes show

effect in transaction BP used for business partner maintenance.

The roles that need to be configured are:

1. BUP003

2. RCFAGY

3. RCFBRA

4. RCFVEN

BUP003

394

Page 395: SAP Hr Config All

To configure, choose the row and click on the detail icon .

The fields that need to be entered for each role are:

1. BP Role Cat.

2. Std. Assignment BP Role –> BP Role Cat.

3. BP View

The values in these fields should be:

1. BP Role Cat. – Same as BP Role (in this case, BUP003)

2. Std. Assignment BP Role –> BP Role Cat. – Should be Checked.

3. BP View - Same as BP Role

395

Page 396: SAP Hr Config All

Follow the same procedure for remaining business partner roles.

3.2. Define Number Ranges for Business Partners

IMG Path : SPRO -> Cross Application Components -> SAP Business Partner -> Business

Partner -> Basic Settings -> Number Ranges and Groupings -> Define Number Ranges

Transaction: BUCF

Description : Here, you maintain the number ranges for business partners. Two number ranges, one each for

internal and external number range should be defined. The external number range is required

for business partners transferred from external systems.

No changes are required here. We are using the SAP delivered standard settings.

Ensure that the current number is set to 0.

396

Page 397: SAP Hr Config All

3.3. Define Groupings and Assign Number Ranges

IMG Path : SPRO -> Cross Application Components -> SAP Business Partner -> Business Partner -> Basic

Settings -> Number Ranges and Groups -> Define Groupings and Assign Number Ranges.

View : V_TB001

Description: The number range grouping determines the number range to be used during business partner

number generation.

Standard SAP delivered settings are used. No changes required.

3.4. Address Determination

IMG Path: SPRO -> IMG -> Cross Application Components -> SAP Business Partner -> Business Partner -> Basic

Settings -> Address Determination

Description: Address determination describes the procedure with which the system identifies the

business partner address that is used in a particular business transaction.

The following steps are carried out consecutively until an address is found:

1. If there is a fixed address for a particular object (e.g. contract account in FI-CA) and this

address still exists, it is used.

2. If an address type is assigned to the BP role in the implementation guide (IMG), and at least

one address usage for it has been created, the standard usage for this address type will be

used.

3. In all other cases, the standard address of the business partner is used.

397

Page 398: SAP Hr Config All

Define Transactions

XXDFLT is the standard SAP delivered entry. No changes are required.

Define Address Types:

XXDEFAULT is the standard SAP delivered entry. No changes are required.

398

Page 399: SAP Hr Config All

Assign Transaction to Address Type:

Assign the address type XXDEFAULT to transaction XXDFLT.

3.5. Forms of Address

IMG Path : SPRO -> IMG -> Cross Application Components -> SAP Business Partner -> Business

Partner -> Basic Settings -> Forms of Address.

View : V_TSAD3

Description: In this node, you maintain the forms of address for business partners.

These entries should be in line with the forms-of-address of Personnel Administration.

3.6. Data Origin

IMG Path : SPRO -> IMG -> Cross Application Components -> SAP Business Partner -> Business

Partner -> Basic Settings -> Data Origin

View : V_TB005

Description: The data origin type determines how the business partner data comes into the system.

399

Page 400: SAP Hr Config All

Add the entry 0004 as shown below:

3.7. Name Formatting Rules

IMG Path : SPRO -> IMG -> Cross Application Components -> SAP Business Partner -> Business

Partner -> Persons -> Maintain Name Formatting Rules

View Cluster: NAMEFORMAT

Description : For business partners that belong to the category 'natural persons' the name components are

stored in several different fields. Country-specific rules can be applied to format the name components. If you do not state any specific rule, the standard setting applies.

400

Page 401: SAP Hr Config All

We will be using Country “IN” and Format as “01”.

The components of this name format are organized as –

<Form of address> <first name> <middle initial> <last name>

Position should be in numeric integers. The order given in the "Position" determines how the name of the business partner (candidate) will be concatenated in the system.

401

NOTE: 1. This transaction also should be done in both the HR and the E Recruitment systems, in

separate instance scenario.

Page 402: SAP Hr Config All

3.8. Marital Status

IMG Path: SPRO -> IMG -> Cross Application Components -> SAP Business Partner -> Business

Partner -> Persons -> Marital Statuses -> Maintain Marital Status

View : TB027

Description: Here you maintain the marital statuses for business partners

This completes the E Recruitment related configuration of Business Partners

402

Page 403: SAP Hr Config All

1.1.5 4. Workflow Configuration4.1. Workflow Auto-Customizing

Transaction: SWU3

Description : The activities performed in this transaction must be executed so that workflows can be

executed. It provides a runtime environment to all workflows in the client.

Important: The user performing auto-customizing must have SAP_ALL authorizations and must belong to SUPER user group.

Click “Configure RFC Destination” and click

The user WF-BATCH, if does not exist, is auto created with same authorizations as the current user.

Enter the password and click .

Now, click the main node in the tree “Maintain Runtime Environment” and click Generate.

The tree now appears as below:

403

Page 404: SAP Hr Config All

To activate individual nodes, click on the node and press .

Similarly, execute all the nodes. Finally the status should be as follows:

404

Page 405: SAP Hr Config All

The node “Check Entries from HR Control Tables” will initially show the following error.

To eliminate the errors, execute the report RHSOBJCH. Execution of the report will yield following kind of output.

405

Page 406: SAP Hr Config All

Select all the entries and click “Adjust”. Exit the report and try re-executing it.

Output should look as below:

Now refresh/execute the “Check Entries from HR Control Tables” node in SWU3. It should have against it.

4.2. Activate Event Linkages

IMG Path : SAP E-Recruiting -> Technical Settings -> Workflow

Description: This node lists all the ERecruiting workflows that can be activated and used. Activation of these

workflows is optional and should be strictly need basis.

406

Page 407: SAP Hr Config All

Activation Procedure:

To activate the workflow for Candidate’s request to delete Registration, execute the node “Workflow after Candidate’s Request to Delete Registration”.

Click “Activate event linking”.

Click the “Detail View” icon under the “Details” column.

407

Page 408: SAP Hr Config All

Check mark “Event linkage activated”, if unchecked and Save.

The event linkage overview screen shows the activation status of the workflow indicated by green icon “ Activated. Activate all other required workflows in a similar manner.

408

Page 409: SAP Hr Config All

1.1.6 5. Search Engine ConfigurationThe Search Engine in ERecruiting contains 2 main sub-divisions:

1. Full Text Search

2. Attribute based search

In general, we differentiate between 3 search types:

1.1. Full-text search for documents

1.2. Full-text search for objects

2.1. Attribute based search for objects

For documents (for example, the creation of a candidate), the data is unstructured. For unstructured data, a KPRO index is used. KPRO index is accessible from transaction SKPR07.

For objects, the data is structured. In other words, the data from the infotypes of the HR objects to be indexed is extracted and transferred to the SES framework. In TREX, an SES object index exists for each business object. The SES indexes can either be accessed from SPRO IMG or using transaction SES_ADMIN.

If you perform a full-text search, the system always performs a full-text search for objects. At the same time, the system performs a full-text search for documents - if there are attachments and you want to search for them too. During the Attribute-based search, the system only searches for objects.

5.1. Set up Indices of SES Object

IMG Path: SPRO -> SAP E-Recruiting -> Technical Settings -> Search Engine -> Set up Indices of SES Object

Transaction: SES_ADMIN

This step focuses on Attribute based Search for Objects. The standard system contains the following objects.

Business object Short description

ERC_CAND SES business object Candidate

409

Page 410: SAP Hr Config All

ERC_CDCY SES business object Candidacy

ERC_REQ SES business object Requisition

EXT_POST SES business object External Publication

INT_POER SES business object Internal Publication

This node starts the transaction SES_ADMIN. Initially there will be no indexes created.

Index can be created using the menu item: Index -> Create/Activate Indexes

A dialog box with existing indexable objects pops up. Select the relevant object and continue. It should be noted that the objects should be selected one at a time, not multiple entries simultaneously.

We select object EXT_POST of object type NC.

410

Page 411: SAP Hr Config All

The index as shown below has been created for object NC.

This index should be created for other object types also.

Below is the complete sequence of steps to be followed.

1. Create the object index for EXT_POST/NC.2. Create the object index for INT_POER/NC.3. Create the object index for ERC_REQ/NB.4. Create the object index for AES_DOC/00000100.5. Create the object index for ERC_CAND/NA. When you create this index, the system issues an error

message since you still cannot create the join index. Ignore this message.6. Create the object index for ERC_CDCY/NE. When you create this index, the system creates the

corresponding relation index.7. Create the relation index for ERC_CAND/NA.Now the indexes are created but documents are yet to be indexed. For indexing the documents, we have to start the full indexing for each of the indexes which will physically send the documents corresponding to each object for indexing.

But before that we have to execute program RCF_SES_JOIN_INDEX_CREATE. You can use this program to add further information to the join indexes. Join indexes contain Meta information about the relationships between business objects. This program should always be executed when you delete or re-create one or several indexes.

411

Page 412: SAP Hr Config All

Once the join index is created we should perform the full indexing for all the ERecruiting specific objects.

Select the objects in the same sequence in which they were created and click Index Immediately.

In the pop-up that follows, select Full (full indexing) only for the first run of indexing. Every subsequent time, Delta (delta indexing) should be used. Full indexing indexes all the documents corresponding to the selected object. Delta indexing selects only the new documents since last run for indexing.

Although, selecting Full indexing for subsequent runs would do harm to the system, when the number and size of documents on the content server increase full indexing would definitely take longer time for execution and may put load on the system

When indexing is in progress, the program shows Active status.

412

Page 413: SAP Hr Config All

The status is Completed once the indexing is done.

Once the status displayed is Active for all the indexes created, Attribute based search for objects can be successfully performed from the portal.

The SES object based search can be tested using program COM_SE_SEARCH_IIF_TEST.

You may face a situation in future where the index becomes corrupt or the indexing accidently stops working due to some hardware or compatibility related issues. In such situations, you may be required to delete one or more existing indexes. Index can be deleted using menu path: Index -> Delete Index.

Click Yes on the pop-up that follows. This will delete the respective index. You can then re-create it.

413

Page 414: SAP Hr Config All

5.2. Set up Access to Documents

IMG Path : SPRO -> SAP E-Recruiting -> Technical Settings -> Search Engine -> Set Up Access to Documents

Transaction: SICF

In this Customizing activity, you set up access to the CONTENTSERVER service of the SAP ERecruiting system. This enables users to access documents of the document area HR_KW (Document Storage for HR Objects). Attachments, search profiles, and so on, are stored in this document repository.

This service, if deactivated, should be activated by right clicking the node and clicking Activate Service.

5.3. Initialize KPRO Directory

IMG Path: SPRO -> SAP E-Recruiting -> Technical Settings -> Search Engine -> Initialize KPro Directory

Structure for SAP E-Recruiting

This node simply executes a program that does the necessary initializations w.r.t. KPro. Care should be taken that during the execution of this program, the RCF_PERIODIC_SERVICES program is not being executed.

5.4. Activate Indexing

IMG Path: SPRO -> SAP E-Recruiting -> Technical Settings -> Search Engine -> Activate Indexing

View: V_SDOKIDSP

414

NOTE: KPro Search/Free Text Search to be accessed using transaction SKPR07 configuration starts at

this point.

Page 415: SAP Hr Config All

Here, you select the document area HR_KW for KPRO indexing by checking the Index release checkbox. Indexing is required to enable the search engine to search the search profiles.

The column Search Srv should contain the search server relation Id which will be created in the next step. We have created EREC as the search server relation.

Note: HR_KW is the Document storage for HR objects.

5.5. Check Settings

IMG Path: SPRO -> SAP E-Recruiting -> Technical Settings -> Search Engine -> Check Settings

Transaction: SKPR07

This transaction is used for creating TREX KPro index to be used for free-text-based search.

KPro index creation consists of following steps:

1. Search Server Relation creation2. Index Category creation3. Trigger indexing.

415

Page 416: SAP Hr Config All

Search Server relation creation:

IMG Path : SPRO -> SAP E-Recruiting -> Technical Settings -> Search Engine -> Check Settings -> SSR Monitor

Transaction: SRMO

Description : The SSR is created to connect KPro and TREX search engine using RFC connection. We specify

the search engine type and name of the RFC connection.

416

Page 417: SAP Hr Config All

Click on the Create SSR button to create Search Server Relation.

Enter required name for SSR identification and click Create SSR.

417

Page 418: SAP Hr Config All

DRFUZZY is the search Engine to be used by ERecruiting. Standard recommendation.

TREX_Q50 is the RFC Connection created in SM59 connecting SAP backend (KPro) with TREX engine.

The newly created SSR is now visible in the list of SSRs. To set this SSR as default select the entry and click Set SSR as default.

Index Category Creation and Document Indexing:

IMG Path : SPRO -> SAP E-Recruiting -> Technical Settings -> Search Engine -> Check Settings

Transaction: SKPR07

The index category can be created from the section Mass Actions of transaction SKPR07.

Uncheck Limited to selected language indicator. Select Document Area indexing area

Create Index category by clicking Re-Index button. This will create a unique index category which can be viewed by F4 on Index Category field.

418

Page 419: SAP Hr Config All

The index category in F4 list looks as below.

Once the index category has been created, the documents can now be sent for indexing.

The Index/De-index section of SKPR07 can be used for document indexing.

Trigger Process will index the documents in the foreground. However, indexing needs to be scheduled on a periodic basis. Program RCF_PERIODICAL_SERVICES can be scheduled for indexing.

Status of document indexing can be viewed from transaction TREX_ADMIN.

419

Page 420: SAP Hr Config All

1.1.7 5. Periodic services5.1. Define Periodic Services

Here, you specify services in the system that can be performed periodically. To do so, you assign each service a class containing instructions on how to perform the service.

A range of periodic services are delivered in the standard system that are required for the search within E-Recruiting. The search engine TREX (Text Retrieval and Information Extraction) does not search using the operational data, but rather using search profiles. These are an extract of the operational data. To keep the database up-to-date for the search, the search profiles must be updated periodically. For the same reason, the documents that are included for the full-text search and the search profiles must be indexed from time to time and communicated to the search engine TREX. This indexing is performed by TREX and is prepared and activated using the service INDEX_DOCUMENTS.

420

Page 421: SAP Hr Config All

.2. Activate Periodic Services

Here you activate the relevant periodic services for each client from the available list of periodic services. Errors that occur while performing a service are written to the application log and can be analyzed by the administrator.

5.3. Determine Rules from Periodic Services

In this activity, you set up attributes that influence a periodic service according to your requirements.

For Example: When a candidate decides to De-register or when the requisition status is set to “To be deleted”, these objects are not permanently deleted but are stored in database buffer for specific period. This time period is determined by the field “Attribute Value” in the below table.

5.4. Schedule Background Process for Periodic Services

Schedule the report RCF_PERIODICAL_SERVICES as a periodic background process. This report automatically executes the services specified in “Active Periodic Services” table as specified above. Choose a period between 10 and 30 minutes to ensure the search results are up-to-date

5.5. BADI’s Activation

BAdi: HRALE00SPLIT_INBOUND

Implementation: HR_INB_PROCESS_IDOC.

421

Page 422: SAP Hr Config All

The BAdI must be implemented for SAP E-Recruiting so that the data of the Person object (object type P) may be used exclusively in the E-Recruiting application.

This BAdi is executed during ALE transfer when the data from IDoc needs to be used for module-specific conversions or processing.

BAdi: HRALE00INBOUND_IDOC.

Implementation: HRRCF00_DELETE_SPREL.

This BAdi deletes all S-P relationships between positions and persons from the inbound IDocs.

422

NOTE: Both the BAdi must be active and implemented in the ALE destination client/server i.e. the

Target system of the IDoc.

Page 423: SAP Hr Config All

1.1.8 6. SAP ECC IntegrationIMG Path : SPRO -> SAP E-Recruiting -> Technical Settings -> SAP ERP Central Component (ECC) Integration

Description: This IMG node describes the activities to be performed in HR and ERecruiting systems under

various system scenarios i.e.

HR and ERecruiting are on same instance HR and ERecruiting are on separate instances.

We have HR and Recruitment both on same instance.

The HR system is the main system for the following employee data. The data of an employee is processed using Personnel Management (personnel actions, master data). Changes to the data in the following infotypes are then reconciled with SAP E-Recruiting.

• Actions (0000)• Organizational Assignment (0001)• Personal Data (0002)• Addresses (0006)• Communication (0105)• Qualifications (1001, subtype 032)

Data Reconciliation between HR Master Data and ERecruiting Data

Initial Data Conversion (One time activity)

Every user of the ERecruiting system, internal or external, has the Candidate object NA associated to it. The NA object is connected to Business partner object BP via, Central Person object CP.

423

Page 424: SAP Hr Config All

To get access to ERecruitment specific applications, services and to work on ERecruitment portal without errors, HR Master Data needs to be integrated with Business Partner data i.e., each internal user has to be translated in terms of ERecruiting objects. Report – HRALXSYNC – is used for the initial data conversion.Pre-requisite – Maintain the following entry in table T77S0.

GRPID SEMID GSVAL TEXTHRALX OBPON ON Integraion O-BP Active

This report enables you to run a consistency check for the integration of HR Master Data and Business Partner data. If not all data exists for the business partner, you can first synchronize data. When synchronization is run for organizational units, the basic data (name, description) and the address data is included; When synchronization is run for central persons, bank information is included in addition to the basic data and address data.

You can restrict the employees to be synchronized based on various selection criteria as shown above.We are using Central Person object for synchronization. Execution of the program will display the status of data updating.

424

Page 425: SAP Hr Config All

Green Signal – Business Partner data is consistent with HR object data.Yellow Signal – Business Partner exists but data is not consistent with HR object data.Red Signal – Business Partner does not exist or data is incomplete.

In case the record as shown above shows status in Yellow or Red, select the entry as shown below and click Start Repair.

The program then tries to correct the error and if unsuccessful, displays the error or if successful shows either a warning or no message.

425

Page 426: SAP Hr Config All

This process has to be done for all employees or central persons once initially.

Refer the following section for auto data synchronization of newly hired employees and changes to existing employees to be replicated in business partner tables on a continual basis.

Synchronous Data Conversion (Subsequent Data Update)

With the synchronization, the data is written automatically to SAP E-Recruiting after changes have been made using HR standard transactions (for example, PA30, PA40, maintaining the qualification profile).

Activate the following Business Add-ins for activating synchronous data conversion.

BAdI Definition Name = HRSYNC_P

BAdI implementation = CONV_HR_DATA_TO_EREC

Description: Conversion of Employee's HR Data in E-Recruiting. The BADI is executed every time changes are

done to HR master data using PA30, PA40 or other master data transactions.

BAdI Definition Name = HRBAS00INFTY

BAdI implementation = HRRCF00_STORE_HRQUAL

Description: Updating of HR Qualifications in E-Recruiting Infotype 5105

426

Page 427: SAP Hr Config All

1.1.9 7. Basic Settings7.1. Determine Languages Available

IMG Path : SPRO -> SAP E-Recruiting -> Basic Settings -> Determine Languages Available

Description:

Here you specify which languages are supported in SAP E-Recruiting.

You can perform searches only in the languages stored here. You can save attachments in these languages only. You can enter texts in questions and questionnaires in these languages only. A separate tab

page is available for each language to enter the texts. You can enter job postings in these languages only. A tab page is available for each language to

enter texts.

7.2. Define Enterprise Structure

IMG Path : SPRO -> SAP E-Recruiting -> Basic Settings -> Enterprise Structure

Description: Here you define the companies, the branches for the companies and assign the branches to the

company.

7.2.1. Define Company

IMG Path : SPRO -> SAP E-Recruiting -> Basic Settings -> Enterprise Structure -> Define Company

Table : T77RCF_COMPANY

Description:

In this Customizing activity, you define the individual independent companies in your business concern. You can differentiate your application processes on the basis of the companies. This enables different companies to integrate forms for correspondence activities, for example.

427

Page 428: SAP Hr Config All

7.2.2. Define Branches

IMG Path : SPRO -> SAP E-Recruiting -> Basic Settings -> Enterprise Structure -> Define and Assign Branches

To Companies

Transaction: BP

Description : A branch can be defined by creating a business partner with role as RCFAGY i.e. Agency.

7.2.2. Assign Branches to Companies

IMG Path : SPRO -> SAP E-Recruiting -> Basic Settings -> Enterprise Structure -> Define and Assign Branches

To Companies

Transaction: V77RCFBRANCHCOMP

Description : Here you assign the branches created in the above step to Holding companies.

428

Page 429: SAP Hr Config All

7.2. Attachment Types

7.2.1. Define Attachment Types

IMG Path : SPRO -> SAP E-Recruiting -> Basic Settings -> Attachment Types -> Define Attachment Types

Table : T77RCF_ATTTYPE_T

Description: Define the attachment types that should be available in ERecruiting. Attachment types specify

the thematic content of attachments, for example resume, job posting, reference.

429

Page 430: SAP Hr Config All

7.2.2. Determine Use of Attachment TypesIMG Path : SPRO -> SAP E-Recruiting -> Basic Settings -> Attachment Types -> Determine Use of

Attachment Types

View : V_7RCF_ATTTYPE_U

Description:

Determine which attachment types are possible for an HR object type.

For example, attachment type Resume is possible for Candidate (NA) object type in the Resume area or subtype. Attachment Sub-types specify the various areas on the UI from where attachments can be uploaded for the selected object.

7.2.3. BAdi: Upload documentsIMG Path : SPRO -> SAP E-Recruiting -> Basic Settings -> Attachment Types -> BAdi: Upload Documents

BAdi Name : HRRCF00_DOC_UPLOAD

Description: This BAdi can be used to incorporate custom checks during document upload as attachments.

7.2.4. Identify Attachment Type as ResumeIMG Path : SPRO -> SAP E-Recruiting -> Basic Settings -> Attachment Types -> Identify attachment type as

Resume

430

Page 431: SAP Hr Config All

View : V77RCF_ATTTYPE_U

Description:

Specifies whether documents of this attachment type are resumes. Documents can be classified as Resumes or formatted Resumes.

Identify as Resume the attachment type to which resumes are uploaded that were created by the candidates themselves. Identify as Formatted Resume the attachment type to which resumes are uploaded that were created by a vendor using Resume Parsing.

7.2.5. BAdi: Filter for Attachments for Data OverviewsIMG Path : SPRO -> SAP E-Recruiting -> Basic Settings -> Attachment Types -> BAdi: Filter for attachments

for Data Overviews

BAdi Name : HRRCF00_DATAOVR_ATTACHMENTS

Description:

Every Data Overview application in ERecruiting has an Attachments table at the bottom of the page with link to attachments as table elements. You can use this BAdi to restrict the display of links to attachments on the user interface for data overviews for SAP E-Recruiting objects. In this way, you can make certain attachments inaccessible for specific users. By default, the system displays links to all attachments that are linked with the relevant HR object.

7.3. Status Reasons7.3.1. Define Status ReasonsIMG Path : SPRO -> SAP E-Recruiting -> Basic Settings -> Status Reasons -> Define Status Reasons

Table : T77RCF_RSNCODE_T

Description:

Users assign status reasons to an object when they make a status change. Status reasons describe why a certain status is set.

431

Page 432: SAP Hr Config All

Status Reasons are assigned to Object Statuses.

7.3.2. Assign Status Reasons to Statuses in Recruitment

IMG Path : SPRO -> SAP E-Recruiting -> Basic Settings -> Status Reasons -> Assign Status Reasons to Statuses

in Recruitment

Table : T77RCF_RSNCODE_T

Description: The status reasons are assigned possible statuses of required objects.

432

Page 433: SAP Hr Config All

433

Page 434: SAP Hr Config All

1.1.10 8. Talent Warehouse

IMG Path : SPRO -> SAP E-Recruiting -> Talent Warehouse

Description: This IMG node is concerned with maintaining all candidate related data required by the

recruiting organization.

8.1. Maintain Candidate QualificationsIMG Path : SPRO -> SAP E-Recruiting -> Talent Warehouse -> Qualifications

Description: Qualifications refer to the competency dictionary defined within the organization. The qualification catalog is actually created as a part of Organization Management and can be used here to give the applicants the option of selecting their strengths as a tool for self assessment.

8.1.1. Define Views for Qualifications catalogIMG Path : SPRO -> SAP E-Recruiting -> Talent Warehouse -> Qualifications -> Define Views for Qualification catalog

Table : V_T77QC_VIEW_ID

Description: Standard setting. Use SAP_ERECRUITING view.

8.1.2. Restrict View of Qualifications catalogIMG Path : SPRO -> SAP E-Recruiting -> Talent Warehouse -> Qualifications -> Restrict Views of Qualification

catalog

Table : V_T77QC_VIEW

434

Page 435: SAP Hr Config All

Description:

The recruiting organization may have a large number of qualifications/competencies defined for various job types. However it may want only a subset of these qualifications to be exposed to ERecruiting. Restrict views feature will help to achieve this goal.

Qualifications are currently not used. The screenshot shown below is for understanding purposes.

8.1.3. Define Scales for QualificationsIMG Path : SPRO -> SAP E-Recruiting -> Talent Warehouse -> Qualifications -> Define Scales for Qualification

Transaction: OOSC

Description : Scales and scale proficiencies to be used by Qualification catalog are defined here.

435

Page 436: SAP Hr Config All

8.1.4. Define Qualifications CatalogIMG Path : SPRO -> SAP E-Recruiting -> Talent Warehouse -> Qualifications -> Define Qualifications catalog

Transaction: OOQA

Description : Qualification catalog needs to be defined here.

8.2. Work Experience/Desired EmploymentIMG Path : SPRO -> SAP E-Recruiting -> Talent Warehouse -> Candidate -> Work Experience/Desired

Employment

Description: In this customizing node, you maintain all value lists used in work experience and employment

Infotypes.

8.2.1. Define Hierarchy LevelsIMG Path : SPRO -> SAP E-Recruiting -> Talent Warehouse -> Candidate -> Work Experience/Desired

Employment -> Define Hierarchy Levels

Table : T77RCF_HIER_T

Description:

The hierarchy levels represent the pecking order in your company with relation to professional capabilities and management responsibility.

436

Page 437: SAP Hr Config All

8.2.2. Define Work Contract TypesIMG Path : SPRO -> SAP E-Recruiting -> Talent Warehouse -> Candidate -> Work Experience/Desired

Employment -> Define Work Contract types

Table : T77RCF_CONTTY_T

Description:

Here, you define the different categories of work contracts that your company has with its employees. The work contract type is part of the terms of employment while applying for a job.

8.2.3. Define IndustriesIMG Path : SPRO -> SAP E-Recruiting -> Talent Warehouse -> Candidate -> Work Experience/Desired

Employment -> Define Industries

Table : T77RCF_INDU_T

Description:

Here, you define the industries that are relevant for your recruitment process. This should include industries that exist in your company and industries in which a candidate could have gained work experience.

437

Page 438: SAP Hr Config All

8.2.4. Define Functional Areas

IMG Path : SPRO -> SAP E-Recruiting -> Talent Warehouse -> Candidate -> Work Experience/Desired

Employment -> Define Functional Areas

Table : T77RCF_FUNC_T

Description:

Here, you define the task areas in your company that contribute to the achievement of the corporate goal.

438

Page 439: SAP Hr Config All

8.2.5. Define Employment FractionsIMG Path : SPRO -> SAP E-Recruiting -> Talent Warehouse -> Candidate -> Work Experience/Desired

Employment -> Define Employment Fractions

Table : T77RCF_WORKTI_T

Description:

Here, you define the employment fractions that exist in the company. In the process, you specify the limit for the number of working hours per week as of which a certain employment fraction exists.

439

Page 440: SAP Hr Config All

8.2.6. Salary RangesIMG Path : SPRO -> SAP E-Recruiting -> Talent Warehouse -> Candidate -> Work Experience/Desired

Employment -> Salary Ranges

Description: Here, you define the currency list to be used for recruitment and corresponding salary ranges.

The recruiter/candidate will have to first select

8.2.6.1. Determine Currencies for Salary Ranges

IMG Path : SPRO -> SAP E-Recruiting -> Talent Warehouse -> Candidate -> Work Experience/Desired

Employment -> Salary Ranges -> Determine currencies for salary ranges

Description: The currencies to be maintained in ERecruiting are to be listed here. This will be required to

get salary related details from the applicants.

8.2.6.2. Define Salary RangesIMG Path : SPRO -> SAP E-Recruiting -> Talent Warehouse -> Candidate -> Work Experience/Desired

Employment -> Salary Ranges -> Define salary ranges

View : V_T77RCF_SAL_RNG

Description: Here, you determine the salary ranges for the payment information of the jobs and salary

expectations of the candidates for each currency.

440

Page 441: SAP Hr Config All

8.3. Education/TrainingIMG Path : SPRO -> SAP E-Recruiting -> Talent Warehouse -> Candidate -> Education/Training

Description: In this IMG node, you configure all education related value lists.

8.3.1. Define Education TypesIMG Path : SPRO -> SAP E-Recruiting -> Talent Warehouse -> Candidate -> Education/Training -> Define

Education Types

Table : T77RCF_EDUTYP_T

Description:

Here you specify those education types that you want to use as selection criteria for the candidate search in the talent pool and that a candidate can specify when entering his or her education data.

8.3.2. Define Broad Field of Education

441

Page 442: SAP Hr Config All

IMG Path : SPRO -> SAP E-Recruiting -> Talent Warehouse -> Candidate -> Education/Training -> Define

Education Types

Table : T77RCF_EDUTYP_T

Description: Here, you maintain the various fields of education considered acceptable by your organization.

8.3.3. Define Educational Certificates/Degrees

IMG Path : SPRO -> SAP E-Recruiting -> Talent Warehouse -> Candidate -> Education/Training -> Define

Educational Certificates/Degrees

Table : T77RCF_DEGREE_T

Description: Here, you maintain the education certificates and degrees recognized by your organization.

442

Page 443: SAP Hr Config All

8.4. Interest GroupsIMG Path : SPRO -> SAP E-Recruiting -> Talent Warehouse -> Candidate -> Other Features -> Define

Interest Groups

Table : T77RCF_TGROUP_T

Description:

Interest Groups can be used by candidates to associate themselves to specific job types or industry or areas of interest to provide more clarity to internal recruitment team on role desired by candidate. Alternatively, a recruiter can specify in the requisition which interest group is suitable for the open job.

8.5. Communication ChannelsIMG Path : SPRO -> SAP E-Recruiting -> Talent Warehouse -> Candidate -> Other Features ->

Communication Channels

View : V_T77RCF_COM_CHN

Description:

In this IMG activity, you define the communication channels that can be used to contact candidates.

All channels specified here are available on the applicant contact details UI for data input.

443

Page 444: SAP Hr Config All

8.6. Candidate SearchIMG Path : SPRO -> SAP E-Recruiting -> Talent Warehouse -> Candidate -> Candidate Search

Description:

Search in ERecruiting is enabled using Search Profiles and Search Templates which are referred to by TREX for text retrieval.

8.6.1. Search Profile8.6.1.1. Define Search Profile typesIMG Path : SPRO -> SAP E-Recruiting -> Talent Warehouse -> Candidate -> Candidate Search -> Search

Profile -> Define Search Profile Types

View : V_T77RCF_SPT

Description:

In this IMG activity, you define the search profile types that you want to use for the job postings, candidates, requisitions, and assignments (candidacies). Fields from information categories are assigned to a search profile type that serves as a template for creating search profiles for the objects of a specific object type.

444

Page 445: SAP Hr Config All

5 Search Profile types are delivered by SAP Standard. These are usually adequate to meet the search needs. No changes are required to the standard entries.

8.6.1.2. Define Information CategoriesIMG Path : SPRO -> SAP E-Recruiting -> Talent Warehouse -> Candidate -> Candidate Search -> Search

Profile -> Define Information Categories

View : T77RCF_SPT_IC

Description:

Information categories map to individual tables from which information is required to be extracted.

Information categories are used to specify the business-specific content of structures. The extraction classes contain the code logic for fetching the data based on search criteria.

You create new information categories, for example, in the following cases:

You have created your own infotype and a corresponding structure and want to make their fields available for the search.

You want to use a different content extraction class to retrieve the information of an information category.

The customer namespaces are: information categories Y* and Z*

445

Page 446: SAP Hr Config All

8.6.1.3. Assign Languages to a Search Profile TypeIMG Path : SPRO -> SAP E-Recruiting -> Talent Warehouse -> Candidate -> Candidate Search -> Search

Profile -> Assign Languages to a Search Profile Type

View : V_T77RCF_SPT_LAN

Description:

In this Customizing activity, you determine for each search profile type the languages in which the search profiles of this search profile type are to be created. You can search for relevant objects only in these languages.

8.6.1.4. Assign Information Category Fields to a Search Profile TypeIMG Path : SPRO -> SAP E-Recruiting -> Talent Warehouse -> Candidate -> Candidate Search -> Search

Profile -> Assign Information Category Fields to a Search Profile Type

View : V_T77RCF_SPT_LAN

446

Page 447: SAP Hr Config All

Description:

In this IMG activity, you specify which fields from the information categories are included for the creation of search profile type. You can search for only these fields. You also assign the Field type to each field.

Field type specifies the type of the field that is assigned to an information category. The type determines how the system can search in the associated field.

Free Text:Only Free text search is possible.

EntityValues will be derived from tables in a dropdown.

Both, Free Text and Entity:Both methods are applicable.

8.6.1.5. Assign Attachment Types to a Search Profile TypeIMG Path : SPRO -> SAP E-Recruiting -> Talent Warehouse -> Candidate -> Candidate Search -> Search

Profile -> Assign Attachment Types to a Search Profile Type

View : V77RCF_SPT_AATYP

Description:

In this Customizing activity, you determine for each search profile type which attachment types should be taken into account during the full text search.

447

Page 448: SAP Hr Config All

8.6.1.6. Update Search ProfileIMG Path : SPRO -> SAP E-Recruiting -> Talent Warehouse -> Candidate -> Candidate Search -> Search

Profile -> Update Search Profile

Transaction: HRRCF_RECREATE_SP

Description:

This IMG activity enables you to update the search profiles that have been created on the basis of a search profile type.

This activity must be performed whenever the user changes the assignment of fields in an information category to a search profile type.

Creating search profiles for a large number of objects (candidates, job postings) can take a long time. It is recommended to start the report as a background process if several changes have been done.

8.6.1.7. Update Search ProfileIMG Path : SPRO -> SAP E-Recruiting -> Talent Warehouse -> Candidate -> Candidate Search -> Search

Profile -> Update Search Profile

Report : RCF_UPD_DOC_ATTRIB_INDX_FULL

Description:

You use this report to correct the search-relevant attributes of the attachments in Knowledge Provider (KPro).

8.6.2. Search Templates

Search Templates represent the actual UI elements available on the ERecruiting screens during search.

448

Page 449: SAP Hr Config All

In the above screenshot, the highlighted dropdown represents Search Templates.

For example, the already selected template above is “Candidate’s Work Experience”.

Search Template Elements represent the individual fields within each Search Template.

For example, Country/Employer represents search template elements.

8.6.2.1. Define Search TemplatesIMG Path : SPRO -> SAP E-Recruiting -> Talent Warehouse -> Candidate -> Candidate Search -> Search

Templates -> Define Search Templates

View : V_T77RCF_SMASK

Description:

449

Page 450: SAP Hr Config All

Here, you define the search templates that should be available on the user interface for search purposes.

You specify for each search template the search profile type on which it should be based on. In addition, you determine how the search template is displayed on the user interface.

8.6.2.2. Define Search Templates ElementsIMG Path : SPRO -> SAP E-Recruiting -> Talent Warehouse -> Candidate -> Candidate Search -> Search

Templates -> Define Search Templates Elements

View : V_T77RCF_SM_ELEM

Description:

Here, you define all the fields on which search should be possible from the web front end.

The possible values for element type are:

List Box, Multi-line Input field, Display field, Checkbox, Radio button, Date type, Salary Expectations,

Job Family Potential, Performance Management.

To define a new search template element, a nomenclature should be followed as follows:

Z<object>_<information category>_<field name as in table>

For example: ZCAND_EDU_EDULEVEL

450

Page 451: SAP Hr Config All

8.6.2.3. Assign Search Templates Elements to Search TemplatesIMG Path : SPRO -> SAP E-Recruiting -> Talent Warehouse -> Candidate -> Candidate Search -> Search

Templates -> Assign Search Templates Elements to Search Templates

View : V_T77RCF_SM_ASME

Description:

In this Customizing activity, you specify which search template elements appear in the search template and in what order.

451

Page 452: SAP Hr Config All

In the above screenshot, Search Template “Candidate’s Education” consists of 5 Search Template Elements as shown.

8.6.2.4. Define Search Templates GroupsIMG Path : SPRO -> SAP E-Recruiting -> Talent Warehouse -> Candidate -> Candidate Search -> Search

Templates -> Define Search Template Groups

View : T77RCF_SM_GROUPT

Description:

In this Customizing activity, you define search template groups. You assign the search templates you require to display a certain search on the user interface to the search template groups. Should any new Search Template groups be required to be defined, they can only be defined in the customer namespace starting with 9*.

8.6.2.5. Assign Search Templates to Search Template GroupsIMG Path : SPRO -> SAP E-Recruiting -> Talent Warehouse -> Candidate -> Candidate Search -> Search

Templates -> Assign Search Templates to Search Template Groups

View : T77RCF_SM_GROUPT

Description:

In this Customizing activity, you assign the search templates that should be available on the user interface for the display of a special search to a search template group. At the same time, you determine the order in which the search templates are displayed on the user interface.

452

Page 453: SAP Hr Config All

Search in Talent Warehouse group corresponds to the Candidate Search screen.

8.6.2.6. Assign Search Template Groups to Search ApplicationsIMG Path : SPRO -> SAP E-Recruiting -> Talent Warehouse -> Candidate -> Candidate Search -> Search

Templates -> Assign Search Template Groups to Search Applications

View : V77RCF_SMG_NAVI

Description:

In this Customizing activity, you specify which search template groups are used in the different scenarios

Standard settings delivered for the relevant search applications (search template groups) for Recruiting Administrator and Recruiter portal roles:

453

Page 454: SAP Hr Config All

CompID of Calling Controller Scenario (Search Template Group)

cdcycandsearchCandidate Search in the context of a requisition or an application group (recruiter)

cdcyreqsearchexternalpostingsSearch for Requisitions in the context of an external candidacy for recruiters (with external postings or with and without external postings (you can alternate between the two scenarios))

cdcyreqsearchinternalpostingsSearch for Requisitions in the context of an internal candidacy for recruiters (with internal postings or with and without internal postings (you can alternate between the two scenarios))

trmcandsrch Search for Candidates in Talent Warehouse for Recruiters

simplesearch_audittrailSimple Search for internal and external candidates in the context of an audit trail (Recruiting Administrator)

simplesearch_delcandSimple Search for external candidates in the context of deletion (Recruiting Administrator)

simplesearch_deregcandSimple Search for external candidates in the context of deregistration (Recruiting Administrator)

quicksearch Quick Search

Standard settings are delivered for the relevant search applications (search template groups) for the following scenarios that are realized for the Candidate:

CompID of Calling Controller Scenario (Search Template Group)

EMPLOYEE2POSTING Search for Internal Job Postings for Registered Internal Candidates

REGISTERED2POSTING Search for External Job Postings for Registered External Candidates

UNREGEMPLOYEE2POSTING Search for Internal Job Postings for Unregistered Internal Candidates

UNREGISTERED2POSTING Search for External Job Postings for Unregistered Candidates

With this, the configuration of Search Templates and Groups is complete.

The final step is to set up the Search Applications which is an optional step.

8.6.2.7. Set Up Search Applications

IMG Path : SPRO -> SAP E-Recruiting -> Talent Warehouse -> Candidate -> Candidate Search -> Search

Templates -> Set Up Search Applications

View : V77RCF_SRCH_ATTC

454

Page 455: SAP Hr Config All

Description:

In this Customizing activity, you set the attributes for the search scenarios. In this way, you can determine for different search applications which interface elements they contain and which options for creating search queries are available.

SAP delivers the standard entries in table T77RCF_SRCH_ATTR. These entries get overridden by entries from this table.

The various columns have the following meaning:

Display Ranking: If this indicator is set, the column displaying the match is shown in the result list. The indicator is relevant only for candidate scenarios.Display Documentation: If this indicator is set, a link to the documentation of the search application is provided on the user interface. The indicator is relevant only for candidate scenarios.Display variants: If this indicator is set, the user can save search variants for later use.Display Maximum Number of Hits: If this indicator is set, the settings for the maximum number of hits are displayed on the user interface.Maximum Number of Hits: This number specifies how many hits are displayed in the hit list.Note: If you do not enter a value, then there are no entries in the hit list.Display Threshold: If this indicator is set, the settings for the match threshold are displayed on the user interface.Threshold: This number specifies by how much a hit must agree with the search criteria for it to be displayed in the hit list.Display Operator: If this indicator is set, operators are available for the recruiter on the user interface of the search application for combining values of the same search template element. In this way, the recruiter can override the standard system behavior.Operator: Contains the operator that dictates the standard system behavior for the recruiter's search applications when combining values of the same search template element. Specify AND or OR to determine the relationship between the criteria.

455

Page 456: SAP Hr Config All

8.7. Candidate ServicesIMG Path : SPRO -> SAP E-Recruiting -> Talent Warehouse -> Candidate -> Candidate Services

Description : Candidate Services node has been added as a part of EhP4. Two services have been provided:

Job Agent Tell-a-Friend

8.7.1. Job AgentIMG Path : SPRO -> SAP E-Recruiting -> Talent Warehouse -> Candidate -> Candidate Services ->Job Agent

Description:

It may happen that the organization may currently not have any openings for the job category or role the applicant is looking out for. In such cases if the applicant wants the company to keep him posted on the job openings that match his role and profile, he will select the role criteria; select the frequency for receiving notifications and save it as a Job Agent. The Job Agent service will then automatically send periodic mailers to the applicant whenever openings satisfying the saved criteria are posted.

8.7.1.1. Define Periodic Services for Job AgentIMG Path : SPRO -> SAP E-Recruiting -> Talent Warehouse -> Candidate -> Candidate Services ->Job Agent–>

Define Periodic services for Job Agent

Table : T77RCF_AS_SERV

Description: Standard SAP delivered settings is used. No changes required

8.7.1.2. Specify Rules for Periodic Services of Job AgentIMG Path : SPRO -> SAP E-Recruiting -> Talent Warehouse -> Candidate -> Candidate Services ->Job Agent–>

Specify Rules for Periodic Services of Job Agent

Table : T77RCF_AS_SERV

Description:

In this IMG activity, you set the attributes that influence a periodic service for the job agent to suit your requirements.

456

Page 457: SAP Hr Config All

Periodic service Attributes Description

JOB_AGENT MAX_JOB_AGENTS Maximum number of job agents that a candidate can create

JOB_AGENT MAX_POSTINGSMaximum number of job postings that can be sent by a job agent that was created by a candidate

8.7.1.3. Set Up Background Job for Job AgentIMG Path : SPRO -> SAP E-Recruiting -> Talent Warehouse -> Candidate -> Candidate Services ->Job Agent–>

Set Up Background Job for Job Agent

Description:

Schedule report RCF_AGENT_SERVICES as a daily background job.

Note that this service will not be run if program RCF_PERIODICAL_SERVICES runs simultaneously. For all other services, the RCF_AGENT_SERVICES report can be run simultaneously.

8.8. Tell-a-FriendIMG Path : SPRO -> SAP E-Recruiting -> Talent Warehouse -> Candidate -> Candidate Services -> Set up Tell

A Friend service

Description: This service is available to the external candidate on the Job search screen.

Pre-requisite:

1. A service user needs to be assigned to parameter SERVICE_USER in table V77RCF_MDL_PRMC. We have

assigned the service user RCF_UNREG for this service.

This table can be accessed from IMG path: IMG -> SAP ERecruiting -> Technical Settings ->User Interfaces->

Manager Involvement -> Assign Values to Interface Parameters (WebDynpro ABAP)

457

Page 458: SAP Hr Config All

458

Page 459: SAP Hr Config All

1.1.11 9. Applicant TrackingIMG Path : SPRO -> SAP E-Recruiting -> Applicant Tracking

Description: Applicant tracking is done by performing a series of Activities.

Activities are grouped into Processes and linked to any of the available HR objects.

Applicant tracking also forms the basis for Applicant Ranking.

9.1. Assign Scales to Scale TypesIMG Path : SPRO -> SAP E-Recruiting -> Applicant Tracking -> Assign Scales to Scale Types

View : V_T77RCF_SCALES

Description:

Applicant tracking involves ranking candidates on the basis of their suitability. Suitability is expressed via customizable ranking scales. Scales need be created and assigned to Scale types.

Here, Scale type refers to the scenario in ERecruiting where the ranking functionality can be executed.

Three types of ranking scales are distinguished:

Assignment Rating: Expresses how well a candidate suits a requisition. Candidate Classification: Expresses how well a candidate suits the company (independent of

requisition assignment) Weighting for Search and Match: This scale type is needed to express how important criteria

are in search.

459

Page 460: SAP Hr Config All

9.2. Define Application Source Types and Assign to Application Sources

IMG Path : SPRO -> SAP E-Recruiting -> Applicant Tracking -> Define Application Source Types

View : V_T77RCF_APPLSTY, V_T77RCF_APPLSRC

Description:

In this IMG activity, you define the application source categories you require when you want to report on where candidates learned about your job postings. In addition, you store an OTR (object text repository) text for each source category. This text is displayed on the user interface together with a free-form text field.

Applicants can enter their “Source of application” in the final step of an application.

Fig 1. Application Source Types

Fig 2. Assign Application Source Types to Application Sources

The OTR’s can be accessed from transaction SOTR_EDIT.

460

Page 461: SAP Hr Config All

9.3. ActivitiesIMG Path : SPRO -> SAP E-Recruiting -> Applicant Tracking -> Activities

Description:

Activities are foundation of Applicant tracking. They are individual steps taken on a candidate.

For example: Invite for Interview, Send Offer Notification, Initiate ATO.

Activities have a Status. They can either have status Planned or Completed. You can enter a Due Date for activities with status as “Planned”.

Activities have Notes and Attachments. An activity is always assigned to an Object Type.

461

Page 462: SAP Hr Config All

9.3.1. Define Activity TypesIMG Path : SPRO -> SAP E-Recruiting -> Applicant Tracking -> Activities -> Define Activity Types

View : V77RCF_ACT_TYPE

Description:

Here you define the activity types that you require for your processes within SAP E-Recruiting. To do so, you assign an Activity Category to each activity type. This controls what data the activity type contains and what system functions can be executed for it.

Activity Categories delivered in ERecruiting:

Simple Activity Simple Correspondence Qualifying Event Invitation Status Change Data Transfer for new employees Questionnaire

9.3.2. Define ProcessesIMG Path : SPRO -> SAP E-Recruiting -> Applicant Tracking -> Activities -> Define Processes

View : T77RCF_ACTPROC_T

Description:

462

Page 463: SAP Hr Config All

A Process is a grouping of activities used to structure the applicant tracking process from a business point of view. We can define custom processes and assign existing or custom activities to it.

9.3.3. Assign Processes to RecruitmentIMG Path : SPRO -> SAP E-Recruiting -> Applicant Tracking -> Activities -> Assign Processes to Recruitment

View : V77RCF_PROC2SUB

Description:

In this Customizing activity, you assign the processes you want to use to the Recruitment area. In doing so, you use the process groups to define the subarea of Recruitment in which your processes will be used.

Processes that are assigned to the Candidate Shortlist subarea focus on processing assignments of candidates to Requisitions or Application Groups.

Processes that are assigned to the Talent Relationship Management subarea focus on maintaining relationships with candidates in the Talent Pool.

Within a process group, you use the sequential number to specify the order in which the processes are offered for selection on the user interface.

463

Page 464: SAP Hr Config All

9.3.4. Assign Activity Types to Recruitment ProcessesIMG Path : SPRO -> SAP E-Recruiting -> Applicant Tracking -> Activities -> Assign Activity Types to

Recruitment Processes

View : V77RCF_ACT2PROC

Description:

In this Customizing activity, you assign Activity Types to Processes in the Recruitment subarea. By doing so, you store the possible activity types that are included in the relevant process.

9.3.5. Assign HR Object Types to Activity TypesIMG Path : SPRO -> SAP E-Recruiting -> Applicant Tracking -> Activities -> Assign HR Object Types to

Activity Types

View : V77RCF_ACT2OTYPE

Description:

You assign HR object types from E-Recruiting to your activity types

It is recommended to assign the activity types as follows

Activity Types HR Object

Activity Types for Talent Relationship Management Candidate

464

Page 465: SAP Hr Config All

Activity Types for Application Management Application

Activity Types for Selection Process Candidacy

9.3.6. Assign Status to Status-Changing Activity TypesIMG Path : SPRO -> SAP E-Recruiting -> Applicant Tracking -> Activities -> Assign Status to Status-Changing

Activity Types

View : V77RCF_ACT2OTYPE

Description:

Here, you assign the possible statuses for each ERecruiting object.

9.3.7. Link Activity Types with Referencing Activity TypesIMG Path : SPRO -> SAP E-Recruiting -> Applicant Tracking -> Activities -> Assign Status to Status-Changing

Activity Types

View : V77RCF_ACT2PROCR

Description:

In this Customizing activity, you link activity types of the activity categories Status Change, Qualifying Event, and Questionnaire with activity types of the category Invitation. When the user creates the relevant activity, a suitable linked activity of the category Invitation is then available that the user can use to send the activity.

465

Page 466: SAP Hr Config All

9.3.8. CorrespondenceIMG Path : SPRO -> SAP E-Recruiting -> Applicant Tracking -> Activities -> Correspondence

Description:

All the settings related to correspondence activities viz. defining letter templates, changeable sections, assigning forms to activity types, etc are configured in this step.

466

Page 467: SAP Hr Config All

9.3.8.1. Adapt User for CorrespondenceIMG Path : SPRO -> SAP E-Recruiting -> Applicant Tracking -> Activities -> Correspondence -> General

Settings -> Adapt user for Correspondence

Transaction: SU01

Description:

Here, you configure users so that they can send or print correspondences.

You must make the following settings:

You need to assign a printer to the user (output device field in SU01) so that he or she can print the correspondence. You also need to make this entry for correspondence output by e-mail to ensure the formatting is correct.

You need to assign an e-mail address to the user so that he or she can send the correspondence by e-mail. If an e-mail address is stored for candidates assigned to the user, the system uses this e-mail address.

9.3.8.2. Specify ITF-HTML MappingIMG Path : SPRO -> SAP E-Recruiting -> Applicant Tracking -> Activities -> Correspondence -> General

Settings -> Specify ITF-HTML Mapping

View : T77RCF_MAPPING

Description:

The system saves letter templates as Smart Form templates with text modules (letter sections). The user can change these letter sections when sending correspondence. The system reads the text modules when loading in Interchange Text Format (ITF) format. This cannot be displayed with WebDynpro.

The FormattedTextEdit control (Control for Editing of Letter Sections) used by SAP expects a subset of XHTML as the code for the formatted text display. Therefore it is necessary to convert the ITF format to HTML format, which can be interpreted by FormattedTextEdit.

SAP delivered entries has not been changed.

467

Page 468: SAP Hr Config All

In this Customizing activity, you assign corresponding HTML formats to the ITF (Interchange Text Format) tags that you use in the styles of your Smart Form forms. In this way, you can specify how the system converts the formatting of the Smart Form templates to HTML formatting. This is necessary as the editor for individualizing letter sections uses HTML formats.

9.3.8.3. Assign Document Categories to Activity CategoriesIMG Path : SPRO -> SAP E-Recruiting -> Applicant Tracking -> Activities -> Correspondence -> Create Letter

Templates -> Assign Document Categories to Activity Categories

Transaction: SU01

Description:

Document categories group together correspondence documents of the same type and specify the technology with which the documents can be customized by the user.

Activity Categories specify the types of activities available in ERecruiting.

SAP delivered entries has not been changed.

Create Forms and Changeable Letter Sections

IMG Path : SPRO -> SAP E-Recruiting -> Applicant Tracking -> Activities -> Correspondence -> Create Letter

Templates -> Create Forms and Changeable Letter Sections

Transaction: SMARTFORMS

Description:

468

Page 469: SAP Hr Config All

Here, you create the Smart forms and Text Modules (used in smartforms) that are used to create letters for correspondence in SAP E-Recruiting.

The sample forms have the prefix HRRCF_CS_IT_*.

The sample text modules have the prefix HRRCF_CS_MT_*.

9.3.8.4. Assign Changeable Letter Sections to FormsIMG Path : SPRO -> SAP E-Recruiting -> Applicant Tracking -> Activities -> Correspondence -> Create Letter

Templates -> Assign Changeable Letter Sections to Forms

View : T77RCF_INCL2FORM

Description:

In this customizing activity, you assign to the forms the text modules that are available to users in correspondence activities as changeable letter sections for customizing the correspondence.

When a correspondence activity is created, only the specified Text Module contents are available for editing on the WebDynpro UI.

469

Page 470: SAP Hr Config All

9.3.8.5. Assign Forms to Activity TypesIMG Path : SPRO -> SAP E-Recruiting -> Applicant Tracking -> Activities -> Correspondence -> Create Letter

Templates -> Assign Changeable Letter Sections to Forms

View : T77RCF_INCL2FORM

Description:

Here, you assign forms as letter templates to the activity types. These forms determine the appearance and the content of the letter that is generated by the correspondence activity being created.

You can assign several forms to an activity with the same attributes (companies, interest groups, candidate classes) by using sequential numbers. These forms are offered for selection (if more than 1) as letter templates when the user creates a correspondence activity.

9.3.8.6. Assign Templates for Cover Letter to Letter TemplatesIMG Path : SPRO -> SAP E-Recruiting -> Applicant Tracking -> Activities -> Correspondence -> Create Letter

Templates -> Assign Templates for Cover Letter to Letter Templates

View : T77RCF_COV2FORM

470

Page 471: SAP Hr Config All

Description:

In this Customizing activity, you assign templates for the cover letters to the letter templates.

The system sends the letters via e-mail. The e-mail sent consists of a cover letter and the actual letter in the form of an attached document. By using cover letters, you can separate the actual content of the letter from the formal cover letter.

9.3.8.7. Assign Document Formats to Output ChannelsIMG Path : SPRO -> SAP E-Recruiting -> Applicant Tracking -> Activities -> Correspondence -> Output

Channels -> Assign Document Formats to Output Channels

View : T77RCF_CS_CH2FMT

Description:

In this customizing activity, you assign document formats to output channels. In E-Recruiting, documents can be output in various formats using various output channels.

SAP delivered entries has not been changed.

9.4. QuestionnairesIMG Path : SPRO -> SAP E-Recruiting -> Applicant Tracking -> Questionnaires

Description:

A questionnaire is a set of questions that can be completed by a person (e.g. candidate, recruiter) during the applicant tracking process. Questions first need to be created forming a question bank.

A sample questionnaire is displayed below.

471

Page 472: SAP Hr Config All

9.4.1. Set Up CategoriesIMG Path : SPRO -> SAP E-Recruiting -> Applicant Tracking -> Questionnaires -> Set Up Categories

Transaction: OO_HRRCF_CAT_CREATE

Description:

This IMG node is a report that automatically makes the basis settings and generates the relevant table entries. You only need to execute the report once when ERecruiting is being set up.

472

Page 473: SAP Hr Config All

9.4.2. Assign Categories to Activity TypesIMG Path : SPRO -> SAP E-Recruiting -> Applicant Tracking -> Questionnaires -> Assign Categories to Activity

Types

View : V77RCF_QACAT2ACT

Description:

Each Questionnaire activity needs to be assigned with a Category viz. Evaluable Information or Equal employment information.

We are not using Equal Employment Information category. The standard one itself is used.

You identify the activity types whose questionnaires are to be integrated in the application wizard.

You identify the activity types whose assigned questionnaires are to be included in the automatic ranking of the candidate's questionnaires.

The system includes all questionnaires of an identified activity type on the user interface of the candidate shortlist in the Questionnaires column; the other questionnaires are included in the Feedback column.

9.4.3. Define Questionnaire GroupsIMG Path : SPRO -> SAP E-Recruiting -> Applicant Tracking -> Questionnaires-> Define Questionnaire Groups

View : VT77RCF_QA_GROUP

Description:

In this Customizing activity, you define the questionnaire groups in which you can group together questionnaires or questions on a specific topic in Questionnaire or Question Maintenance.

The system uses the names of the questionnaire groups on the user interface as titles for the relevant tab pages for data storage.

473

Page 474: SAP Hr Config All

474

Page 475: SAP Hr Config All

1.1.12 10. Requisition Management IMG Path : SPRO -> SAP E-Recruiting -> Requisition Management

Description:

Requisition is a formal agreement between managers and recruiters to initiate the recruitment process

It is an internal document –

Determining the positions for which candidates are to be sought Defining the complete job description and key requirements that candidates must fulfill Sources/channels where the advertisements for the vacancies should be published.

10.1. Requisition10.1.1. Define Hierarchy LevelsIMG Path : SPRO -> SAP E-Recruiting -> Requisition Management -> Requisition -> Job Description -> Define

Hierarchy Levels

Table : T77RCF_HIER_T

Description:

In this IMG activity, you define the hierarchy levels that exist in your company. The hierarchy levels represent the pecking order in your company with relation to professional capabilities and management responsibility.

475

Page 476: SAP Hr Config All

10.1.2. Define Work Contract typesIMG Path : SPRO -> SAP E-Recruiting -> Requisition Management -> Requisition -> Job Description -> Define

Work Contract Types

Table : T77RCF_CONTTY_T

Description:

Here, you define the different categories of work contracts that your company has with its employees. The work contract type is part of the terms of employment that apply to a job.

10.1.3. Define IndustriesIMG Path : SPRO -> SAP E-Recruiting -> Requisition Management -> Requisition -> Job Description -> Define

Work Contract Types

Table : T77RCF_INDU_T

Description:

In this IMG activity, you define the industries that are relevant for your recruitment process. This should include industries that exist in your company and industries in which a candidate could have gained work experience.

476

Page 477: SAP Hr Config All

10.1.4. Define Functional AreasIMG Path : SPRO -> SAP E-Recruiting -> Requisition Management -> Requisition -> Job Description -> Define

Functional Areas

Table : T77RCF_FUNC_T

Description:

In this IMG activity, you define the task/functional areas in your company that contribute to the achievement of the corporate goal.

477

Page 478: SAP Hr Config All

10.1.5. Define Employment FractionsIMG Path : SPRO -> SAP E-Recruiting -> Requisition Management -> Requisition -> Job Description -> Define

Employment Fractions

Table : T77RCF_WORKTI

Description:

This customizing activity specifies the minimum number of working hours per week that constitute a given employment fraction.

Threshold expresses the individual weekly working time (in No. of hours) as a portion or fraction of the standard weekly working time.

10.1.6. Currencies for Salary rangesIMG Path : SPRO -> SAP E-Recruiting -> Requisition Management -> Requisition -> Job Description -> Salary

Ranges -> Determine Currencies for Salary Ranges

Table : V_T77RCF_SAL_CUR

Description:

In this Customizing activity, you determine the currencies for the salary ranges. These are the currencies in which the payment information can be specified for the job and salary expectations.

10.1.7. Define Salary RangesIMG Path : SPRO -> SAP E-Recruiting -> Requisition Management -> Requisition -> Job Description -> Salary

Ranges -> Define Salary Ranges

Table : V_T77RCF_SAL_RNG

Description:

478

Page 479: SAP Hr Config All

In this customizing activity, you determine the salary ranges for the payment information of the jobs and salary expectations of the candidates for each currency.

10.2. Job PostingPosting is an Advertisement. It contains all relevant information you wish to communicate to the public about the vacancy.

For example: Company information, Department, Project, Tasks/Responsibilities, Requirements.

10.2.1. Define Posting ChannelsIMG Path : SPRO -> SAP E-Recruiting -> Requisition Management ->Job Posting -> Define Posting Channels

Table : V_T77RCF_POSTCHN

Description:

Posting channels refer to recipients to whom you want to send your job postings for publishing, for example, a daily newspaper, a specific job board, or your intranet.

When a manager releases a posting instance for publishing, the publisher starts the necessary routine (publisher class) for publication of the posting. He generates a document in a specific format using the information contained in the posting instance, for example.

479

Page 480: SAP Hr Config All

10.2.2. BAdI: Generate Reference CodesIMG Path : SPRO -> SAP E-Recruiting -> Requisition Management -> Job Posting -> BAdI: Generate Reference

Codes

BAdi Definition : HRRCF00_GET_EXT_CODE

BAdi Implementation: ZHRRCF_GET_EXT_CODE_01

Description:

When a publication is created for posting, the recruiter can either manually enter the reference code or if this BAdi is activated can get the reference code auto generated by the system. The recruiter can do this by clicking the button Generate Reference Code.

The standard system, by default, generates a 40 character alphanumeric code. The BAdi can be used to include customer-specific logic for the reference code.

10.2.3. BAdI: Specify Proposal Texts for PostingsIMG Path : SPRO -> SAP E-Recruiting -> Requisition Management -> Job Posting -> BAdI: Specify Proposal

Texts for Postings

BAdi Definition : HRRCF00_GET_DEFAULT_POST_TEXTS

BAdi Implementation: Does not exist. Can be created, if required.

Description:

This BAdi can be used to provide default texts for the free-text fields when creating a posting text. The fields on the posting screen that can be defaulted are - Company, Department, Project, Tasks, and Requirements.

The interface of the BAdI permits the transfer of the logon language of each user so that it is possible to create language-dependent texts. The interface also permits the transfer of the position, industry, functional area, and hierarchy level to determine the default text.

480

Page 481: SAP Hr Config All

1.1.13 11. Additional Tools 11.1. Delete External CandidatesIMG Path : SPRO -> SAP E-Recruiting -> Delete External Candidates

Transaction: OO_HRRCF_DEL_EXTCAND

Description:

This program can be used to delete external candidates with all associated links.

Enter your selection criteria. The following selection criteria are available:

Candidate: If you want to delete a candidate, enter the candidate ID.

Talent Group: If you want to delete candidates that are grouped together in a talent group, enter the talent group ID. You can only select the talent groups for which you are a member of the support team.

Deregistered Candidates: If you set this indicator, candidates are deleted only if their registration in the Talent Pool has also been deleted.

Check Legal Conformance: If you set this indicator, the program checks whether there are assignments of the candidate to requisitions and which retention periods are stored for each of the requisitions. If there are no assignments to requisitions or the retention periods have expired, the relevant candidate is deleted.

Test Mode: If you set this indicator, the program performs a test run without any changes being made to the database.

Run the program. The system displays a result list. A message appears for candidates that were not deleted.

When the candidates are deleted, the associated business partners are not deleted, but are archived. You can delete business partners later from the database using the transaction BUPA_DEL (Delete Business Partners).

481

Page 482: SAP Hr Config All

11.2. Create Internal Users and Candidates for SAP E-RecruitingIMG Path : SPRO -> SAP E-Recruiting -> Create Internal Users and Candidates for SAP E-Recruiting

Transaction: OO_HRRCF_CREATE_USER

Note : This program should not be executed where HR and ERecruiting systems are on same

Instance i.e. integrated scenario To be used only when

HR and ERecruitment reside on separate servers’ i.e. non-integrated scenario.

Description:

You should run this program when initially creating the first user (for example, the administrator). The administrator then creates all other users on his start page using the User Maintenance function.

As a rule, however, the external candidates register themselves using the appropriate Web scenarios, and the internal candidates (employees) are imported from an HR system using the master data interface (ALE).

In the integrated scenario, you cannot run the program as this then result in data inconsistencies.

This program creates all ERecruiting specific objects for an employee i.e. executing this program will create BP, CP, US, and NA objects for the employee.

11.3. Create Internal Users and Candidates for SAP E-RecruitingIMG Path : SPRO -> SAP E-Recruiting -> Create Internal Users and Candidates for SAP E-Recruiting

Transaction: OO_HRRCF_CHECK_SRCH

Description:

In this Customizing activity, you can check the consistency of the settings that you entered in the Customizing for the search.

482

Page 483: SAP Hr Config All

483

Page 484: SAP Hr Config All

1.1.14 12. ICM (Internet Communication Manager) Tasks1. Transaction RZ112. Display parameter “icm/host_name_full”.

The fields “ProfileVal” and “Currentvalue” should have Host URL entry.

For example: dv35.rel.co.in

3. Also, check the transaction SMICM -> GoTo -> Host Name Buffer -> Display.It should have the Fully Qualified Host entries which looks as follows:

12.1. SICF Services ActivationListed below are some services that must be activated in the system depending on the operational scenario:

Support for the Internet protocol (HTTP, HTTPS and SMTP) in the SAP Web Application Server /default_host/sap/public/icman

Through this the ICMan process can (for example) make decisions concerning the distribution of HTTP requests to the corresponding server.

Using load distribution- with the message server

/default_host/sap/public/icf_info

/default_host/sap/public/icf_info/logon_groups

484

Page 485: SAP Hr Config All

/default_host/sap/public/icf_info/urlprefix

- with the Web Dispatcher

/default_host/sap/public/icf_info

/default_host/sap/public/icf_info/icr_groups

/default_host/sap/public/icf_info/icr_urlprefix

Using Business Server Pages (BSP)/default_host/sap/bc/bsp/sap

/default_host/sap/bc/bsp/sap/system

/default_host/sap/bc/bsp/sap/public/bc

/default_host/sap/public/bc (available for 620 with Support Package 34)

/default_host/sap/public/bc/ur (available for 620 with Support Package 34)

/default_host/sap/public/bsp/sap/public

/default_host/sap/public/bsp/sap/public/bc

/default_host/sap/public/bsp/sap/system

/default_host/sap/public/bsp/sap/htmlb (as of Release 620 Support Package

SAPKB62026)

Using the BSP logon procedure/default_host/sap/public/bsp/sap

/default_host/sap/bc/bsp/sap/system

/default_host/sap/public/bsp/sap/public

/default_host/sap/public/bsp/sap/system

BSP test applications for troubleshooting

/default_host/sap/bc/bsp/sap/it00

/default_host/sap/bc/bsp/sap/sbspext_htmlb

/default_host/sap/bc/bsp/sap/sbspext_xhtmlb

/default_host/sap/bc/bsp/sap/htmlb_samples

As of Release 6.30: /default_host/sap/bc/bsp/sap/bsp_verificatio

For e-Recruitment, activate all services with the prefix HRRCF.

485

Page 486: SAP Hr Config All

Before testing the e-Recruiting specific BSP applications, test the standard BSP Test applications specified above for troubleshooting of web environment.

ICF test applications/default_host/sap/bc/echo

- Among other things, this service returns information about the registration procedure being used, the header and form fields, and the generated SSO cookie for the executed request. Therefore, this service should only be activated for troubleshooting purposes.

/default_host/sap/bc/error

- This service generates some error situations in the system and should only be activated for troubleshooting purposes.

/default_host/sap/bc/srt/xip/sap

- You want to fix the Web service error message "Could not determine WSDL address (ICF_ERROR), SRT_REG038" in connection with XI services.

NOTE: Above details are as per Note 517484.

12.2. Services to which a Service User must be assigned

hrrcf_apply_ext Apply with Reference Code (Non Registered Candidate)

hrrcf_cand_reg External Candidate, Registration

hrrcf_unrg_srch Non Registered Candidate, Job Search

hrrcf_search General Search Application

hrrcf_unrg_appl Non Registered Candidate, Application Wizard

hrrcf_pinst_pbl Posting Instance Publication Internal / External

hrrcf_pinstappl Posting Instance Publication Internal/External branches to the application wizard

hrrcf_password Administration of User Passwords

hrrcf_ee_srch Search for Internal Postings (without first logging on to the system)

hrrcf_ee_awzd

Application Wizard (Entry)

(application wizard is called after a successful search for internal postings)

486